Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 153

DESIGN CRITERIA

12 DESIGN CRITERIA
The distribution system 14
Protection from indirect contacts 18
CONTENTS
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
13 CONTENTS
Inlowvoltageapplications,distributionsystemsare
defneddependingontheiractiveconductorssystem
andtheearthconnectionmethodused.
The distribution
systems
ACTIVE CONDUCTORS SYSTEMS
One-phase,alternateordirectcurrent,twoorthree
conductors.
L1
L2
L1
L2
L3
One-phase system, alternate current, two conductors Three-phase system, alternate current, three conductors
THE TT SYSTEM
InaTTtypesystem,theneutralisdistributeddirectly
bythepowersupplycompanyandisconnectedto
theearthatthestarcentreofthetransformer.
Ontheotherhand,themassesoftheusersare
connectedtoalocalearthsystem,asshowninthe
diagram.InaTTsystem,theneutralconductormust
beconsideredasanactiveconductor,becauseit
couldtakeupdangerouslevelsofvoltage.
Therefore,breakingoftheneutralconductoris
alwaysnecessary.
InTTsystems,thefaultcurrentvalueislimitedtoby
neutralresistance,connectedtotheearthinsidethe
cabin,andbytheearthresistanceofthelocalearth
system.
Inthesetypesofequipments,wherethemasses
arenotconnectedtoacommonearthconductor,an
T (neutral connected to the Earth)
T (masses connected to the Earth)
L1
L2
L3
N
PE
TT system
Users
Three-phase,alternatecurrent,threeorfour
conductors.
EARTH CONNECTION METHODS
Asfarasthemethodsforearthconnectionofthe
neutralofthetransformerandthemassesare
concerned,thedistributionsystemsareidentifed
usingtwolettersrepresentingrespectively:
1
st
letter,situationoftheneutralinrelationtotheearth:
T - neutraldirectlyconnectedtotheearth
I - neutralinsulatedfromtheearthorconnectedto
theearththroughanimpedance
2
nd
letter,situationofthemassesinrelationtothe
earth:
T - massesdirectlyconnectedtotheearth
N-massesconnectedtotheneutralconductor
One-phasedistributionsystemscaneitherbeofthe
phase/neutraltype,ifderivingfromastarthree-
phasesystem,orphase/phaseifderivingfroma
trianglesystem.
earthleakagecircuitbreakermustalwaysbeinstalled
oneachoutput.
Itisinfactimperativethatthecircuitisimmediately
brokenassoonasthefrstinsulationfaultoccurs.
14 DESIGN CRITERIA 14
G (reutiol correcteo to tle 8Teg[)
A6(rosses to tle Aeutiol
usir P| ir 6orror witl
tle reutiol (P|h))
?$
?%
?&
C8A
Useis
JhC svster
G(reutiol correcteo to tle 8Teg[)
AF (rosses to tle Aeutiol
usir Feoiote P|)

?$
?%
?&
A
Useis
Jh! svster
C8
G (reutiol correcteo
to tle 8Teg[)
AF (rosses to tle Aeutiol
usir Feoiote P|)

?$
?%
?&
A
Useis
JhC! svster
C8
Useis
C8A
A6 (rosses to tle Aeutiol usir P| ir
6orror witl tle reutiol (P|h))
THE TN SYSTEM
TheTNdistributionsystemisusedinequipment
fttedwithitsownmedium/lowvoltage
transformationcabin.Inthistypeofdistribution
system,theneutralisdirectlyconnectedtothe
earth.TwotypesofTNsystemscanbeinstalled,
respectively:
TN-S system
Thisisinstalledkeepingtheneutral(N)andthe
protection(PE)conductorsseparatefromeachother
(PE+N),asshowninthereferencediagram(5-wire
connection).Theprotectionconductor(PE)must
neverbebroken.
TN-C system
Thisisinstalledkeepingtheneutral(N)andthe
protection(PE)conductorstogether(PEN),asshown
inthereferencediagram(4-wireconnection).With
thistypeofsystem,savingsontheinstallationoccur,
duetothefactthatitrequirestheuseofthree-pole
circuitbreakers,andtheeliminationofoneconductor.
Inthistypeofdistribution,theneutralsprotection
functionisperformedbythesameconductor(PEN),
whichmustneverbebroken.ThePENconductor
mustbeconnectedtotheearthterminalofthe
userandtotheneutral.Itssectionmustnotbeless
than10mm
2
forcopperconductors,or16mm
2
for
aluminiumconductors.Withthistypeofsetup,the
useofearthleakagebreakingdevicesonoutputs
withdistributedneutralisforbidden.Thereforethe
systemcannotbeusedinsystemswhichpresenta
highlevelofrisksshouldafreoccur.MixedTN-Cand
TN-Sdistributionsubsystemsonthesamesystemare
allowed(TN-C-S),providedthattheTN-Csubsystem
isupstreamtheTN-Ssubsystem.
IntheTNsystem,themassesmustbeconnectedto
theprotectionconductor,whichisinturnconnected
totheearthingpointofthepowersupply.
Itisrecommendedthattheprotectionconductor
isconnectedtotheearthatseveralpoints.The
breakingofthecircuitiscompulsorywhenthe
frstinsulationfaultoccurs.Thiscanbeensuredby
installingovercurrentorearthleakageprotection
devices(withtheaboveexceptions).Itisappropriate
topointoutthatinaTNdistributionsystemthereisa
higherriskoffreinstrongfaultcurrentsituations.
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
15 GENERAL fEATURES 15
THE IT SYSTEM
Thisdistributionsystemisnormallyusedwith
equipmentincludingitsownconversioncabin,
wheremaximumservicecontinuityisrequired.
IntheITsystem,theneutralisinsulatedfromthe
earthorisconnectedtoitthroughasuffciently
highimpedancevalue.Allthemassesoftheusers
areindividuallyconnectedtotheearthandthe
neutralisnotdistributed.Thisisrecommendedby
theoffcialstandards.Inordertoensuremaximum
servicecontinuity,noautomaticreleaseatthefrst
faultisrequired,althoughitiscompulsorythatsuch
faultbenotifedthroughapermanentcontrolof
theinsulationbetweentheneutralandtheearth.
Thebreakingofthecircuitisthencompulsorywhen
secondfaultoccurs.Thiscanbeensuredbyinstalling
overcurrentorearthleakageprotectiondevices.
Testingoftheautomaticreleaseatthesecondfault
mustbeperformedatthedesignstagebymeansof
appropriatecalculationsand,ifnecessary,ascertained
whenthesystemisputintooperation.ForIT
systems,wherethemassesareconnectedtothe
earthindividuallyoringroups,itisnecessarythatthe
automatictrippingofprotectiondevices,following
theconditionsforTTtypesystems,ischecked.
< (reutiol <rsuloteo lior iouro) G (rosses correcteo
to tle 8Teg[)
?$
?%
?&
Useis
C8
|J svster
A
?&
?%
?$
H
A
?&
?%
?$
$##7 4 $#7 5
<a%!&4 <a%&4
%&#"'##I
The A and B users are connected in series between L2 L3, to the 400V
voltage, with a consumption of 3.45A. The A user is overloaded.
Through the U user, the neutral
takes up the phase voltage
Breaking the neutral only is forbidden
Intheseconditions,theuseofearthleakagecircuit
breakersisalwaysrequired.However,ifthemasses
arecollectivelyconnectedtotheground,the
inspectionoftheprotectionsmustbeperformed
takingintoaccountallparametersapplicabletothe
TNsystem.Theoffcialstandardsstronglydiscourage
theinstallationofacabinmassesearthelectrode
separatefromtheonefortheusers.However,if
asystemisinstalledinsuchway,theinclusionof
earthleakagedevicesupstreamtheinstallationis
necessary.
NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR BREAKING
Theneutralconductormustneverbebroken,unless
allphaseconductorsrelevanttothesystemarealso
broken,eitherbeforeoratthesametime.Thesame
appliesforthereclosingofthecircuit.Thismeans
thattheneutralmustneverbeclosedafterthe
phases.
Thisrulemustbeappliedforsafetyreasons:the
neutralwouldinfacttakeupthephasevoltage
throughtheusersand,incaseofthree-phase
distribution,anyone-phaseuserswithphase-neutral
powersupplycouldbedamaged.
The distribution
systems
16 DESIGN CRITERIA 16
Legend
SN = neutral conductor section
SF = phase conductor section
yes = protection needed
no = protection forbidden on the PEN conductor
(1) = protection allowed but not needed
(2) = protection forbidden
1P = circuit breaker with protected pole
1P+N = circuit breaker with phase pole protected and neutral pole not protected
2P = circuit breaker with both phase poles protected
3P = circuit breaker with 3 protected poles
3P+N = circuit breaker with 3 phase poles protected and neutral pole not protected
4P = circuit breaker with 4 protected poles
? ?
lXf lXf
? ? ? A
lXf lXf lXf ab
? ? ?
lXf lXf lXf
? A
lXf $
? ?
lXf lXf
? ? ? A
lXf lXf lXf $
? ? ?
lXf lXf lXf
? ? ? A
lXf lXf lXf lXf
? A
lXf $
? ?
lXf lXf
? ? ? A
lXf lXf lXf $
? ? ?
lXf lXf lXf
? ? ? A
lXf lXf lXf lXf
? A
lXf lXf
? ?
lXf lXf
? ? ? A
lXf lXf lXf lXf
? ? ?
lXf lXf lXf
? ? ? A
lXf lXf lXf lXf
? A
lXf %
? ? ? A
lXf lXf lXf %
1P+N or 2P 2P 3P+N or 4P 4P 3P
1P+N or 2P 2P 3P+N or 4P 4P 3P
1P 2P 3P 3P 3P
2P 2P 4P 4P 3P
Distribution One-phase Three-phase with neutral Three-phase
Phase+Neutral (L + N) Phase + Phase (L + L) SN SF (L1 + L2 + L3 + N) SN < SF (L1 + L2 + L3 + N) (L1 + L2 + L3) systems
TT
TN-S
PE conductor
separate from N
TN-C
PEN conductor
IT
Forsafetyreasons,withITtypesystemstheneutral
shouldnotbedistributed.Thisisbecauseatthefrst
groundfault,theneutralmaydevelopavoltage
towardstheearth,equaltothephase-to-phase
voltageofthethree-phasesystem.
Iftheneutralisdistributed,itwillbenecessaryto
ensuredetectionofovercurrentswiththebreakingof
allconductors,includingtheneutral.
Thismeasureisnotneedediftheneutralissuitably
protectedfromshortcircuitbyasuitabledevice
installedupstreamthesystem(forexampleatthe
originoftheinstallation),andthecircuitisprotected
byaearthleakagedevicewithearthleakagecurrent
15%lowerthantheloadofthecorrespondingneutral
conductor.Theearthleakagedevicemustopenall
activeconductors(includingtheneutral).
NUMBER Of POLES REQUIRING PROTECTION,
DEPENDING ON THE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Dependingonthedistributionsystemused,itis
necessarytoselectsuitableprotectionsbasedonthe
numberofpoles(conductors)requiringprotection.
Asageneralrule,suitabledevicesmustbeinstalled
forbreakinganyovercurrentonallphaseconductors.
Breakingallactiveconductorsisgenerallynot
necessary.Basedonthisrule,automatic1poleor
multi-polecircuitbreakersandfusescanbeused.
InTTandTNsystemswithnondistributedneutral,
theovercurrentdetectiondeviceononeofthe
conductorscanbeomitted,ifanearthleakage
deviceisinstalledupstream.Ontheotherhand,onIT
systems,theinstallationofdetectionsystemsonall
phaseconductorsiscompulsory.
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
17 GENERAL fEATURES 17
TYPES Of PROTECTION fROM INDIRECT
CONTACTS
Allelectriccomponentsmustbeprotectedfrom
contactwithaccessiblemetalparts,normallynot
undervoltage,butwhichcouldbecomepotentially
dangerousduetoafaultordeteriorationofthe
insulation.
S
2
1
S
2
1
S
2
1
.1 .2 .S 1 2 S 1 2 S 1 2 S 1 2 S 1
rA cuiiert ossir tlioul tle luror |oov
o
u
i
o
t
i
o
r

o
l

t
l
e

o
s
s
o

e

o
l

t
l
e

c
u
i
i
e
r
t
rs
& % 1 '
1
T U V$ V% V&
Zone 1: no reaction to the passage of the
current
Zone 2: generally no physiologically
dangerous effect
Zone 3: generally no organ damage.
Possibility of muscle contraction and
breathing diffculties; reversible effects in
the formation and conduction of impulses to
the heart, including ventricular fbrillation,
which increase with the current intensity
and time.
Zone 4: in addition to the effects described
for zone 3, the possibility of ventricular
fbrillation can increase of more than 50%.
Physiological effects, such as cardiac-
respiratory arrest and severe burning, can
occur.
c2: probability 5%
c3: probability > 50%
PROTECTION THROUGH BREAKING Of THE
POWER SUPPLY
Thisisnecessarywhenduetoafault,contact
voltagesofadurationandvaluedangeroustopeople
maydeveloponthemasses.TheIEC60364deems
asdangerousallcontactandpitchvoltageshigher
than50Va.c.forstandardenvironments,and25V
a.c.forspecialenvironments.Ifhighervaluevoltages
develop,theymustbebrokeninsuitablyshorttimes,
asindicatedbyIEC60479-1standard.Inthiscase,
itthereforebecomesnecessarytoselectautomatic
breakingandprotectiondevicespresentingtripping
curvesthatcanguaranteeasuitablelevelofsafety.
Thestandardsdonotspecifyanylimitationstothe
rangeofprotectiondevicesthatcanbeused.These
couldeitherbefuses,orthermalmagneticorearth
leakagecircuitbreakers.Theimportantrequirement
isthattheymeetthespecifedprotection
parameters.
Itisworthmentioningthatearthleakagecircuit
breakersarethemostuseddevices,whenan
effcientprotectionfromindirectcontactisrequired.
Whenselectingthedevicetobeused,thetime-
voltagecurvemustbeknown.Thisinformationgives
infactthepossibilitytoassesforhowmanyseconds,
orfractionsofsecond,acertaincontactvoltagevalue
canbewithstood.Tobeabletoascertainthiscurve,
onemustanalysetheeffectsofthecurrentonthe
humanbody,asshownintheIEC60479-1standard.
Thiscurvedefnes4dangerzones,dependingon
thevalueofthecurrentcirculatingforacertain
amountoftime.Inanalysingthesafetycurves,
onecandeductthatearthleakagerelayswitha
30mAtrippingthreshold,offeranexcellentlevelof
protectionfromindirectcontacts,andarepreferred
tootherprotectiondevices.
EffECT Of THE CURRENT ON THE HUMAN BODY ACCORDING TO IEC 60479-1
Protection from
indirect contacts
18 DESIGN CRITERIA 18
PROTECTION WITHOUT AUTOMATIC BREAKING
Of THE POWER SUPPLY
Totalprotectionfromindirectcontactscanbe
ensuredwiththeinsulationoftheactiveparts,
withoutthepossibilityofremovingtheinsulation
itself,orwiththeuseofenclosuresandbarriers
providingsuitabledegreesofprotection.Incertain
environments,thepartialprotectionfromindirect
contactsusingobstaclesordistances,preventingthe
accidentalcontactwiththepartsundervoltage,is
alsopermitted.Theinstallationofactiveprotection,
usingearthleakagecircuitbreakerswithratedearth
leakagecurrentnothigherthan30mA,isalso
required,inadditionto(andnotasareplacementof)
totalandpartialprotections.
ELECTRIC SEPARATION PROTECTION
Toensuretheprotectionfromcontacts,circuits
withtheactivepartspoweredbyaperfectly
earthinsulatedelectriccircuitareused.Withthese
systems,thecircuitcannotbeclosedthroughthe
hand-feetcontactoftheperson,whicheliminates
thepossibilityofrealdangersituations.Thistypeof
protectioncanbeensuredusingstandardinsulation
convertersandlimitedlengthlines.
seoiote ciicuit
\rox - S\
N0
tle ross rust rot |e
correcteo to tle eoitl,
oi to tle iotectior corouctoi
Vn (V) x | (m) b 100,000

J! !||\ svster
rox S\ o.c.
PROTECTION Of SYSTEMS WITH EXTREMELY
LOW SAfETY VOLTAGE
Inthiscase,protectionisensuredwhentheactive
partsarepoweredwithvoltagesnothigherthan
50Va.c.and120Vd.c..However,measuresmustbe
implemented,topreventaccidentalcontactbetween
extremelylowvoltagecircuitsandlowvoltage
circuits.Insomespecialcases,protectionthroughnon
conductinglocationsorlocalequipotentialconnection
notconnectedtotheground,ispermitted.
PROTECTION USING DOUBLE INSULATION OR
REINfORCED INSULATION
Inthesetypesofelectriccomponents,theactive
partsareinsulatedfromaccessiblepartswiththe
functionalinsulationand,inaddition,alsobya
supplementaryinsulation.Thismakesanyrisksof
accidentspracticallyimpossible.Theyaredefned
asbelongingtoclassII.Inthiscase,theconnection
ofthemassestotheprotectionconductorisnot
allowed.
ZeTc[\Vf\Za
`XTa\aZg[Tg
g[XVb`cbaXag
[TfWbhU_X\afh_Tg\ba
TWW\g\baT_\afh_Tg\ba
`T\a\afh_Tg\ba
`XgT_XaV_bfheX
seoiote ciicuit
\rox - S\
N0
tle ross rust rot |e
correcteo to tle eoitl,
oi to tle iotectior corouctoi
Vn (V) x | (m) b 100,000

J! !||\ svster
rox S\ o.c.
SELV system
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
19 GENERAL fEATURES 19
PROTECTION fROM INDIRECT CONTACTS IN
TT SYSTEMS USING EARTH LEAKAGE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
InTTsystems,afaultbetweenaphaseandamass
causesafaultcurrent,whichhasanimpactonboth
theuserandtheenergydistributorearthsystem.
Thiscurrentisdependentonthefaultimpedance,
dueessentiallytotheearthresistancesofthemasses
andtheneutral.Thisisbecausethesumofthese
resistancesprevailsontheotherelementsofthe
faultring.
InTTsystems,theprotectionfromindirectcontacts
bymeansofautomaticbreakingofthepowersupply
mustbeensuredbymeansofanearthleakage
circuitbreaker.
Thefollowingconditionmustbemet:
RE 50/Inwhere:
RE = istheresistanceofthedischarger()
50 = isthesafetycontactvoltage(V)forordinary
environments(25Vforspecial,agricultural,
zoo-technicalenvironmentsetc...)
In= istheratedcurrent(A)thatcausesthe
earthleakagerelaytotrip
In (A) 1 0.5 0.3 0.1 0.03 0.01
RE () 50 100 166 500 1666 5000
Power supply
breaking condition
In
id
RE
I n
50
RE
PROTECTION fROM INDIRECT CONTACTS IN TN
SYSTEMS
InaTNsystemthereareasmanyfaultringsasthe
numberofmassessusceptibletobeundervoltage.
Afaultonthelowvoltageside,canbecomparedto
ashortcircuitthatclosesatthestarcentreofthe
transformer,bymeansofthephaseandprotection
conductors.
Itisnecessarytoensurethatthepropertiesofthe
protectiondevicesandtheimpedancesofthecircuits
aresuchthat,inthepresenceofafaultbetween
aphaseconductorandaprotectionconductor,ora
massatanypointofthesystem,thepowersupply
isbrokenwithinthetimessetbytheIEC60364
standard.
Breaking times based on U0
U0 (V) 120 230 400 >400
T (s) 0.8 0.4 0.2 0.1
Thefollowingconditionmustalsobemet:
Ia U0/Zswhere:
U0 = istheratedvoltagetowardstheearth(low
voltageside)ofthesystem
Zs = isthetotalimpedance
Ia = isthecurrent(A)causingtheautomatic
trippingoftheprotectiondevicewithin
thetimelimitslistedbelow.
Theearthleakagecircuitbreakersdirectlydetectthe
earthleakagecurrent,asthedifferenceamongthe
totalcurrentswhichhaveaneffectontheactive
conductors.Thetrippingcurrent(Ia=50V/RE),tobe
introducedinthecoordinationcondition,isidentifed
bytheratedearthleakagecurrent(In=50V/RE),
whenthetrippingtimedoesnotexceedonesecond.
Thecoordinationconditionsarelistedinthetable.
Protection from
indirect contacts
20 DESIGN CRITERIA 20
L1
id
id
L2
L3
N
PE
Themaximumtimeslistedinthetableapply
toterminalcircuitsprotectedwithovercurrent
protectiondeviceswithratedorstandardcurrentsof
upto32Amaximum.Timeshigherthanthoselisted
inthetables,butlessthan5seconds,arepermitted
fordistributioncircuitsandterminalcircuitsprotected
byovercurrentdeviceswithratedorstandard
currentsover32A.Iftheautomaticbreakingcannot
beensuredwiththeaboveconditions,thestandard
recommendsthatanadditionalequipotential
connectiontothegroundisalsoinstalled.TheIEC
60364standardalsorequiresthat,inexceptional
caseswhereafaultbetweenaphaseconductorand
theearthmayoccur,forexamplewithsuspended
lines,thefollowingconditionismet,toensurethat
theprotectionconductorandtheconnectedmasses
donotexceedthestandardvalueof50V:
RB/RE 50/U0-50where:
RB =istheearthresistanceofallearthelectrodes
connectedinparallel,includingthoseofthe
powersupplyline.
RE =istheminimumearthresistanceofthe
externalmassesnotconnectedtoaprotection
conductor,throughwhichafaultbetween
phaseandearthcanoccur.
U0 =istheratedvoltagetowardstheearth.
Thermalmagneticcircuitbreakersarepreferred
toearthleakagerelays,forbreakingagainstdirect
contacts,insituationofhighfaultcurrents.Belowis
thetableshowingthecoordinationconditionsfora
suitableprotection,usingBTicinothermalmagnetic
circuitbreakers,incircuitswithU0=230V.
BTDIN Mcbs
In (A) 25 32 40 50 63
Zs () 1533 1197 958 766 608
MEGATIKER Mccbs
In (A) 80 125 160 250 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600
Zs () 287 184 143 92 57.5 36.5 28.7 38.3 30.6 23.9
Iftheprotectionconditionisnotmetusingthermal
magneticcircuitbreakers,earthleakagedevicesmust
beused(thesearehoweverforbiddenwiththeTN-C
system).
Theuseofsuchdevicesisgenerallycapable
ofsatisfyingtheprotectionconditionsand
requirements,withouttheneedforcalculatingthe
totalsystemimpedanceZs.Earthleakagecircuit
breakersdonotpresentanycoordinationproblems,
becauseincaseofhighIn(3A),theyallowfaultring
impedancesofseveraltenthsof (76),whichnever
actuallyoccur.
Toavoidanyunwantedtrippingofearthleakage
devices,itisrecommendedthatadjustabledevices
areinstalledonthedistributioncircuit,andthat
themaximumratedearthleakagecurrentandthe
maximumdelayareset.Ontheotherhand,on
terminalcircuits,instantaneousdeviceswiththe
maximumallowedlevelofsensitivity,mustbe
installed.
Alwayscheckthatthedifferentialbreakingcapacity
isnotlowerthantheexpectedfaultcurrent(U0/Zs).
Thefollowingformulaisrecommendedforcalculating
theimpedanceofthefaultring:

Zs = 1.5 (RE+RL+RPE)
2
+ (XE+XL+XPE)
2

where:
RE =Internalresistanceofthetransformer
RL =Phaseconductorresistance
RPE=Protectionconductorresistance
XE =InternaltransformerReactance
XL =Phaseconductorreactance
XPE=Protectionconductorreactance
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
21 GENERAL fEATURES 21
<afh_Tg\ba
Vbageb_
E\
H#
6
)$ )$
EG EG
?$
?%
?&
A
IT system with individual earth masses
PROTECTION fROM INDIRECT CONTACTS IN
IT SYSTEMS
IntheITdistributionsystem,theneutralisinsulated
fromtheground(orisconnectedtoitthroughhigh
valueimpedance),andthemetalmassesaredirectly
connectedtotheearth.Incaseoffaultatthemass,
thefaultcurrentcanonlyclosethroughthecapacities
ofthehealthyconductorstowardstheground.This
faultcurrentislimitedwithinnondangerousvalues.
Whenthefrstfaultoccurs,thestandardsdonot
requirethetrippingofprotectiondevices.However,
whenthesecondfaultoccurs,itbecomesnecessary
thattheprotectiondevicestripquickly,inaccordance
withthetimesshownonthetablebelow.
Voltage (V) Breaking time (s)
neutral neutral
non distributed distributed
120/240 0.8 5
230/400 0.4 0.8
400/690 0.2 0.4
580/1000 0.1 0.2
Althoughthetrippingoftheprotectiondevicesisnot
requiredatthefrstfault,itishoweverstillnecessary
toimplementcontinuousoperationwarningdevices,
tomonitortheinsulationstateofthesystemitself,
andnotifyanysuchearthfaultsonthephases
ortheneutral(onlyifdistributed).Thestandards
recommendthatthefrstfaultiseliminatedas
quicklyaspossible.
ThetypesprotectiondevicesthatcanbeusedinIT
systemsareovercurrentprotectiondevices,orearth
leakagedevices.
Ifearthleakagecircuitbreakersareused,itis
necessarytousedeviceswithanonoperation
earthleakagecurrentthatisatleastequaltothe
currentexpectedforapossible1stearthfault.This
conditionisnecessarytoensuremaximumservice
continuity.Theprotectionconditiontomeet,forthe
coordinationofprotectionsinITsystemsis:
RE I ULwhere:
RE= istheresistanceoftheearthelectrode()
I = isthefaultcurrentforthe1stnegligible
impedancefaultbetweenaphaseconductor
andamass.
UL= isthelimitcontactvoltage,equalto50V
forordinaryenvironmentsand25Vforspecial
environments
Dependingonthetypeofconnectionusedfor
themasses,eithertogetheratthesamepoint,or
connectedindividuallytoearthrods,whenthefrst
faultoccurs,theITsystemsturnseitherintoaTN
orintoaTTsystem.Asaconsequence,toensure
protectionfromindirectcontacts,anyconsiderations
relatingtothesetwotypesofsystemsmustbe
takenintoaccount.
Individual connection of the
masses
Ifthemassesoftheusersare
individuallyconnectedtolocal
earthelectrodes,thesecond
earthfaultmustbeconsidered,
andthereforetreated,asafault
occurringinaTTsystem.
Thecoordinationconditiontomeet
atthesecondfaultis:
I 50/RE.
Theuseofearthleakageprotection
devicesdoesnotcausesany
coordinationproblems,andis
necessarytoensurebreakingwhen
thesecondfaultoccurs.
Protection from
indirect contacts
22 DESIGN CRITERIA 22
IT system with distributed neutral
IT system with non distributed neutral
E\
H#
6
C8
EG
?$
?%
?&
A
<afh_Tg\ba
Vbageb_
E\
H
6
C8
EG
?$
?%
?&
<afh_Tg\ba
Vbageb_
Connection of the masses to the same point
WheninanITsystemthemassesoftheusersare
connectedtothesamepoint,asshowninthefgure,
thesecondearthfaultmustbeconsideredand
handledasafaultthatcouldoccurinaTNsystem.
Inthistypeofsystem,overcurrentprotectioncircuit
breakers(thermalmagneticorelectronic)canbe
used,providedtheconnectionrequirementsare
compliedwith:
Ia U/2Zs(systemwithnondistributedneutral)
Ia U0/2Zs(systemwithdistributedneutral)where:
Ia =isthetrippingcurrent
U =isthelinkedvoltage
U0=isthephasevoltage
Zs =istheimpedanceofthefaultring,madeupof
thephaseconductorandthePEconductor
Zs=istheimpedanceofthefaultring,madeupof
theneutralconductorandthePEconductor
Theuseofearthleakagedevicesdoesnotcauseany
connectionproblems.
The IEC 60364 standard recommends that
for safety reasons the neutral should not be
distributed.
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
23 GENERAL fEATURES 23
OVERCURRENT
PROTECTION
24 DESIGN CRITERIA
26 Thetransferoflowvoltageenergy
27 Generalconditionsfortheprotectionofconductors
28 Protectionfromoverload
31 Cabledesignationcodes
31 Cableloadsinpermanentcapacity
49 LoadsoftheZucchinibusbars
50 Selectionofconductorsdependingonvoltagedrop
55 Sizingoftheneutralandprotectionconductors
56 Protectionfromshortcircuit
67 Limitationcurves
69 Protectedsectionsdependingontimedelays
70 LossesinbusbarsduetotheJouleeffect
71 Selectionofcircuitbreakerswithseveraltransformersinparallel
SECTION CONTENTS
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
25 CONTENTS
The transfer
of low voltage energy
MT/BT EdM transformer
Distribution systems
in Zucchini busbar
MAS BTicino distribution boards
and cabinets
Inlowvoltageconditions,thetransferand
distributionofelectricpowertotheusers,orgroups
ofusers,isonlypossibleusingacableorabusbar.
Thedesignersselectsthemostsuitableand
convenientmethod,dependingonthetypeof
systemtoinstallandthetypeofusers.Cable
distributiongiveshighfexibilityofuse:thanksto
thedifferentsectionsandthepossibilityofinstalling
cablesinparallelforthesamephase,veryhigh
currentvaluescanbedistributedusingarangeof
installationmethods.
Thebusbarisavalidalternativetothecable,inthose
situationswheremedium-highpowersneedtobe
distributedforthepoweringofextensiondistribution
boards,lightingdevicesorpowersupplybackbones.
Setuptimescanbeveryquick,andatequalcurrent
conditions,itrequireslessspacecomparedwitha
cable.Bothtransfersystems,cableandbusbar,must
beofsuitablesizeandmustalsobeprotectedfrom
overcurrents.
26 DESIGN CRITERIA 26
Cable heating thermal transient
*cc
*
*t
tires
t
e
r

e
i
o
t
u
i
e
Ss 1l
oveilooo cuiiert
sloit ciicuit cuiiert
cuiierts ol use
(eirorert coocitv)
*s
/?oC
162oC
111SoC
General conditions
for the protection of conductors
OVERCURRENTS AND TEMPERATURES
Theproblemofovercurrentsisfundamentallya
temperatureissue.Thetemperatureofapowered
conductorsincreasesproportionallytothesquareof
thecurrentintensityandthedurationofthethermal
stresscondition.Itisthereforeveryimportant,that
thecurrentvaluesarecontrolled,inordertoavoid
subsequentheatingofthecables,whichwouldcause
afastdeteriorationoftheconductorinsulationsheath
itself.Threedifferentsituationscouldoccur,which
threedifferentmaximumtemperaturesadmittedby
thecablecorrespondto:
The permanent capacity;itcausesmaximum
temperaturesthatcanbeacceptedbythecablefor
anindefniteamountoftime.Thesetemperatures
cannotexceedthemaximumoperationtemperature
indicatedforeachtypeofinsulatingmaterial.
Overload;itcauseslevelsoftemperaturesthat
wouldneedtobequicklybroken,inordertoavoid
fastdeteriorationoftheinsulatingmaterial.Itis
acceptablethattheovercurrentscausingsuch
temperaturesarebrokenwithinaperiodofonehour.
Short Circuit;itcausesmuchhighertemperatures,
whichmustbebrokeninveryshorttimes,within
somecentsofasecond.
Type of insulation maximum maximum maximum
(standard operating overload short circuit
designation) temperature temperature temperature
z C (1) s C (2) cc C (3)
G1b (rubber) 75 120 200
EI2 (rubber) 180 330 350
G5 (EPR) 90 150 350
G7 (HEPR) 90 150 250
G9 (
4
) 90 150 250
G10 (
4
) 90 150 250
TI2 (PVC) 70 110 150
R2 (PVC) 70 110 160
TI3 (PVC) 90 150 160
TI4 (PVC) 70 110 160
Typical cable temperatures
(1) Temperature based on which Iz is calculated
(2) Temperatures which are not specifcally set by any standards, but which are
calculated based on the If 1.45 Iz ratio, listed in the IEC 60364 Standard.
(3) Temperatures based on which the maximum admitted values of the Joule
integral are calculated
(4) Special mixes emitting low levels of toxic gases and fumes
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
27 GENERAL fEATURES 27
Protection
from overload
TheIEC60364Standardrequiresthat(unless
otherwisestated)thecircuitsofasystemareftted
withprotectiondevicescapableofbreakingoverload
CABLE OVERLOAD PROTECTION
Thecablemustbesuitablyprotectedfromoverload
toavoidexcessiveheating,thatmaycauseearly
deterioration,andtheconsequentbreaking,ofthe
insulation.
Inordertoensuresuchprotection,thefollowingrules
mustbecompliedwith:
Rule1) IB In Iz
Rule2) If 1,45 Iz
where:
IB= Circuitcurrentofuse
In = Circuitbreakerratedcurrent
Iz = Cablepermanentcapacityload
If = Safeoperationcurrentoftheautomatic
circuitbreaker
Thefrstrulemeetsthegeneraloverloadprotection
conditions.
Ifanautomaticcircuitbreakerisusedtoensure
overloadprotection,rule2isalwaysmet.Thisis
becausetheIfsafeoperationcurrentisneverhigher
than1.45In(1.3InaccordingtoIEC60947-2;1.45In
accordingtoIEC60898).
However,therulemustbecheckedwhenafuseis
installedasprotectiondevice.
ByanalysingthegeneralprotectionruleIB In Iz,
itbecomesclearthattwoseparateprotection
conditionscanbeobtained:
amaximum protectioncondition,whichcanbe
ensuredbyselectingacircuitbreakerwithrated
currentsimilarorequaltotheoperatingcurrentIB,
andaminimum protectioncondition,obtainedby
selectingacircuitbreakerwithratedcurrentsimilar
orequaltothemaximumcableload.
Whenthemaximumprotectionconditionisselected,
situationsmayoccurthatmaypreventservice
continuity.Thisisbecausetrippingofthecircuit
breakerwouldalsooccurincaseofacceptable
anomalies.Ontheotherhand,althoughthe
selectionofacircuitbreakerwithratedcurrent
equaltothecableload,couldguaranteemaximum
servicecontinuity,thiscouldbeattheexpensesof
maximumexploitationofthecopperinstalled.These
considerationsarelefttothedesigner,basedonthe
typeofcircuittoinstall.
currentsbeforeexcessiveheatingoftheinsulation,
theconnection,theterminalsortheenvironment
occurs.
Maximum protection condition In = IB
IB
In
Iz
If
1.45 Iz
I
CIRCUIT FEATURES
FEATURES OF THE
DEVICE TO BE
PROTECTED
Minimum protection condition In = Iz
IB
In
Iz
If
1.45 Iz
I
CIRCUIT FEATURES
FEATURES OF THE
DEVICE TO BE
PROTECTED
28 DESIGN CRITERIA 28
Overload protection condition
IB Iz 1.45 Iz
I
Kt correction coeffcient for room temperature other than 40C
Room 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Temperature C
kt 1.15 1.12 1.08 1.05 1.025 1 0.975 0.95
PROTECTION Of BRANCHES fROM OVERLOAD
Ifthebranches,normallymadeofcablesrunning
insidepipes,havenotalreadybeenprotectedfrom
overloadwithadeviceupstreamthebusbar,the
followingisnecessary:
theloadofthebranchisnormallylowerthanthe
busbar.Itisthereforenormallynecessaryforthe
branchtobealsoprotectedfromoverload.
Theoverloadprotectiondevicecanbeinstalled
insidethebranchingunit,orontheinputdistribution
board.Inthiscase,overloadprotectioncanalso
beensurebythecircuitbreakersinstalledforthe
BUSBAR OVERLOAD PROTECTION
Overloadprotectionofbusbarsfollowsthesame
criteriaasthecables:
Thefollowingrelationmustbechecked:
IB In Iz
Inathree-phasesystem,theIBcurrentofuseis
calculatedusingthefollowingformula:

Pt b
IB =
3 Ur cosm
where:
Pt = Isthetotalsumoftheactivepowersofthe
installedloads[W];
b = Powersupplyfactorequalto:
1ifthebusbarispoweredfromonesideonly;
ifthebusbarispoweredfromthecentreor
frombothendsatthesametime;
Ur = Operatingvoltagein[V];
cosm= Averagepowerfactoroftheloads.
Thetemperatureoftheenvironmentinwhichthe
busbarisinstalledhasanimpactontheloadofthe
busbaritself.
Duringthedesignstage,theloadvalueatthe
referencetemperaturemustbemultipliedby
acorrectionfactorbasedonthefnaloperating
temperature.
Iz = Iz0 Kt
where:
Iz0isthecurrentthebusbarcanholdforanindefnite
amountoftime,atthereferencetemperature(40C);
Ktisthecorrectioncoeffcientforenvironment
temperaturevaluesotherthanthereferencevalues
listedinthetablethatfollows.
protectionoftheindividualoutputsfromthe
distributionboard,providedthatthesumoftheir
ratedcurrentsisequalorlowerthanthebranchlz
loadcapacity.Inareaswheretheriskoffreishigh,
itisrequiredthattheoverloadprotectiondeviceis
installedatthebranchingpoint,andthereforeinside
thebranchingunit.
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
29 GENERAL fEATURES 29
Protection
from overload
PRACTICAL CASES WHEN PROTECTION IS REQUIRED
TheIEC364Standardstatesthegeneralobligation
foroverloadprotectioninallthosecasesthistype
ofovercurrentsituationmayoccur.Itisthedesigner
whoisresponsibleforassessingthecircumstances
forthiscompulsoryrequirement.Thestandard
recommendsthatprotectionisinstalledonlyin
circuitswithsizesdefnedtakingintoaccount
utilisationorcoincidencecoeffcientslowerthan1.
Inpracticalterms,protectionbecomescompulsoryin
thefollowingsituations:
a)mainbusbarwhichpowersuserextensions
workingwithutilisationorcoincidencecoeffcients
lowerthan1;
b)powersupplylinesformotorsorotheruserswhich,
duetotheiroperation,maycauseoverloadsituations;
c)powersupplylinesforplugsocketsnotintended
e)
IZ In1 + In2 + In3
In1 In2 In3
a)
In IZ1; In IZ2; In IZ3.
IZ1 IZ2 IZ3 In
b)
IBD = IB1 + IB2 + IB3
IB1
IBD
IB2 IB3
c)
M
IR IZ
IR
IZ
d)
U
IB IZ
IB1 IB2 IB3 IB4
Iz < IB1 + IB2 + IB3 + IB4
a)
Icc > Iz
b)
M
V
XiXa\Y<m13<a
$# $) $#
CASES WHEN THE OVERLOAD PROTECTION IS
NOT NECESSARY
Ontheotherhand,thestandardliststhefollowing
casesinwhichprotectionisnotnecessary
a)powersupplylinesbranchingfromamainline
alreadyprotectedfromoverloadsbyasuitable
device,andcapableofalsoguaranteeingprotection
forthebranchinglines.
b)powersupplylinesforusersthatcannotgenerate
overloadcurrents,ontheconditionthattheyare
protectedfromshortcircuitsandhavenobranches
orplugsockets.
c)powersupplylinesforequipmentalreadyftted
withitsownprotectiondevices,thatisalsocapable
ofguaranteeingtheprotectionofthelineitself.
d)powersupplylineforuserswhichcannotgenerate
overloadconditions,andarenotprotectedby
overload,whentheoperatingcurrentofsuchusers
isnothigherthanthepowerlineratedload(e.g.
temperatureequipment).
e)powersupplylinesservingseveralbranchesthat
areindividuallyprotectedfromoverload,whenthe
sumoftheratedcurrentsoftheprotectiondevices
CASES WHEN THE OVERLOAD PROTECTION IS
NOT RECOMMENDED
TheStandarddoesnotindicateanyconditionswhen
protectionisforbidden.However,itrecommendsthat
protectionisnotinstalledinthefollowingcases,for
safetyreason:
a)excitationcircuitsofrotatingmachines
b)poweringcircuitsofliftingelectromagnets
c)secondarycurrenttransformerscircuits
d)circuitspoweringfreextinguishingdevices
forpoweringanyoftheuserslistedatthe
followingparagraph(caseswhenoverload
protectioncanbeomitted);
d)powersupplylinesforusersinstalledin
environmentswheretheriskofexplosionorfre
ishigh(thisobligationisaconsequenceoftheIEC
364Standard).
installedonthebranchesisnothigherthantheIZ
loadofthemainline.
f)powersupplylinesfortelecommunicationand
signalingsystemsandsimilar.
30 DESIGN CRITERIA 30
Cable designation
codes
CabledesignationcodesusedinItaly,havebeen
defnedatnationallevelbytheCEI20-27Standard
(CENELECHD361).
TheserulesapplyonlytoCENELECharmonizedcables
orcablesproducednationally,forwhichCENELEChas
expresslygrantedtherightofuse.
Designation code H 07 R N - - F 3 G 1.5
Type of cable cable in accordance with harmonized standards H
(reference to standards) nationally manufactured approved cable A
nationally manufactured cable not in accordance N
with IEC standards
Rated voltage 300/300V 03
Uo/U 300/500V 05
470/750V 07
600/1000V 1
Insulating coverings ethylene propylene rubber (EPR) B
natural rubber or equivalent (Rubber) R
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) V
XLPE polyethylene (XLPE) X
polychloroprene (neoprene) N
Sheathing, braids and ethylene propylene rubber (EPR) B
protecting coverings natural rubber or equivalent (Rubber) R
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) V
XLPE polyethylene (XLPE) X
polychloroprene (neoprene) N
Special constructions split fat cables H
non-split fat cables H2
Conductor material copper (no symbol) -
aluminium A
Conductor shape rigid single wire conductor U
rigid rope conductor R
fexible rope conductor F
for mobile installation (class 5 IEC 228)
fexible rope conductor K
for fxed installation (class 5 IEC 228)
extremely fexible rope conductor H
(class 6 IEC 228)
Cable composition number of conductors Num.
multiplying symbol when yellow-green X
protection conductor is not present
when yellow-green protection G
conductor is present
Rated conductor Num
section
Ifacarefulanalysisoftheconditionsbeingdiscussed
isnotcarriedout,varioustypesoferrorsmayoccur:
undersizingofthepowerlineduct(toosmalla
section):thiswillresultinareducedlifeofthecable
oratoohighvoltagedrop
oversizingofthepowerlineduct(toobiga
section):inthiscase,theselectedcablewillbring
totallyunjustifedexpenses,togetherwithhigher
spacerequirementsandhigherlevelofinstallation
diffculties.
Cable loads in permanent capacity according
to IEC 60364-5-52
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
31 GENERAL fEATURES 31
Theshortcircuitcurrentvaluesofthebranches
willalsobehigher,withtheconsequencethatthe
installationofprotectiondeviceswithhighertripping
powerswillbenecessary.
Inordertoselecttheoptimumconductorsectionfor
eachsectionoftheline,itisnecessarytotakeinto
accountseveralfactors.Thetablethatfollowsgives
thecableloadsandthecorrectioncoeffcientsthat
shouldbeappliedtothemdependingofthesetup
type.
Current-carrying capacities in amperes for
PVC insulation/two loaded conductors/copper or aluminium
Conductor temperature: 70 C/Ambient temperature: 30 C in air, 20 C in ground
32 DESIGN CRITERIA 32
Current-carrying capacities in amperes for
XLPE or EPR insulation/two loaded conductors/copper or aluminium
Conductor temperature: 90 C/Ambient temperature: 30 C in air, 20 C in ground
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
33 GENERAL fEATURES 33
Current-carrying capacities in amperes for
PVC insulation/three loaded conductors/copper or aluminium
Conductor temperature: 70 C/Ambient temperature: 30 C in air, 20 C in ground
34 DESIGN CRITERIA 34
Current-carrying capacities in amperes for
XLPE or EPR insulation/three loaded conductors/copper or aluminium
Conductor temperature: 90 C/Ambient temperature: 30 C in air, 20 C in ground
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
35 GENERAL fEATURES 35
Current-carrying capacities in amperes for installation method C
Mineral insulation/copper conductors and sheath
PVC covered or bare exposed to touch (seenote2)
Metallic sheath temperature: 70 C/Reference ambient temperature: 30 C
36 DESIGN CRITERIA 36
Current-carrying capacities in amperes for installation method C
Mineral insulation/copper conductors and sheath
Bare cable not exposed to touch and not in contact with combustible material
Metallic sheath temperature: 105 C/Reference ambient temperature: 30 C
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
37 GENERAL fEATURES 37
Current-carrying capacities in amperes for installation methods E, F and G
Mineral insulation/Copper conductors and sheath/PVC covered
or bare exposed to touch (see note 2)
Metallic sheath temperature: 70 C/Reference ambient temperature: 30 C
38 DESIGN CRITERIA 38
Current-carrying capacities in amperes for installation methods E, F and G
Mineral insulation/Copper conductors and sheath/
Bare cable not exposed to touch (see note 2)
Metallic sheath temperature: 105 C/Reference ambient temperature: 30 C
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
39 GENERAL fEATURES 39
Current-carrying capacities in amperes for installation methods E, F and G
PVC insulation/Copper conductors
Conductor temperature: 70 C/Reference ambient temperature: 30 C
40 DESIGN CRITERIA 40
Current-carrying capacities in amperes for installation methods E, F and G
PVC insulation/Aluminium conductors
Conductor temperature: 70 C/Reference ambient temperature: 30 C
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
41 GENERAL fEATURES 41
Current-carrying capacities in amperes for installation methods E, F and G
XLPE or EPR insulation/Copper conductors
Conductor temperature: 90 C/Reference ambient temperature: 30 C
42 DESIGN CRITERIA 42
Current-carrying capacities in amperes for installation methods E, F and G
XLPE or EPR insulation/Aluminium conductors
Conductor temperature: 90 C/Reference ambient temperature: 30 C
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
43 GENERAL fEATURES 43
Correction factor for ambient air temperatures other than 30 C
to be applied to the current-carrying capacities for cables in the air
Correction factors for ambient ground temperatures other than 20 C to be
applied to the current-carrying capacities for cables in ducts in the ground
Correction factors for cables in buried ducts for soil thermal resistivities
other than 2.5 K m/W to be applied to the current-carrying
capacities for reference method D
NOTE1 Thecorrectionfactorsgivenhavebeenaveragedovertherangeofconductorsizesandtypesofinstallation.
Theoverallaccuracyofcorrectionfactorsiswithin5%.
NOTE2 Thecorrectionfactorsareapplicabletocablesdrawnintoburiedducts;forcableslaiddirectinthegroundthe
correctionfactorsforthermalresistivitieslessthan2.5Km/Wwillbehigher.Wheremoreprecisevaluesarerequiredthey
maybecalculatedbymethodsgiveninIEC60287.
NOTE3 Thecorrectionfactorsareapplicabletoductsburiedatdepthsofupto0.8m.
44 DESIGN CRITERIA 44
Reduction factors for groups of more than one circuit or
of more than one multi-core cable to be used with current carrying capacities
NOTE1 Thesefactorsareapplicabletouniformgroupsofcables,equallyloaded.
NOTE2 Wherehorizontalclearancesbetweenadjacentcablesexceedstwicetheiroveralldiameter,noreductionfactorneedbeapplied.
NOTE3 Thesamefactorsareappliedto:
groupsoftwoorthreesingle-corecables;
multi-corecables.
NOTE4 Ifasystemconsistsofbothtwo-andthree-corecables,thetotalnumberofcablesistakenasthenumberofcircuits,andthecorresponding
factorisappliedtothetablesfortwoloadedconductorsforthetwo-corecables,andtothetablesforthreeloadedconductorsforthethree-core
cables.
NOTE5 Ifagroupconsistsofnsingle-corecablesitmayeitherbeconsideredasn/2circuitsoftwoloadedconductorsorn/3circuitsofthreeloaded
conductors.
NOTE6 Thevaluesgivenhavebeenaveragedovertherangeofconductorsizesandtypesofinstallationtheoverallaccuracyoftabulatedvaluesis
within5%.
NOTE7Forsomeinstallationsandforothermethodsnotprovidedforintheabovetable,itmaybeappropriatetousefactorscalculatedforspecifc
cases.
Reduction factors for more than one circuit, cables laid directly in the ground
Installation method D
Single-core or multi-core cables
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
45 GENERAL fEATURES 45
Reduction factors for more than one circuit,
cables laid in ducts in the ground
Installation method D
46 DESIGN CRITERIA 46
Reduction factors for group of more than one multi-core cable
to be applied to reference ratings for multi-core cables in free air
Method of installation E
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
47 GENERAL fEATURES 47
Reduction factors for groups of more than one circuit of single-core cables (note 2)
to be applied to reference rating for one circuit of single-core cables in free air
Method of installation F
48 DESIGN CRITERIA 48
Loads of the
Zucchini busbars
Type Size No. of Conductors AL/CU Phase resistance Phase reactance Fault ring Ue (Va.c.)
at In (m/m) (m/m) resistance (m)
LB 25 2, 4, 6 Cu 6.96 1.14 11.61 400
LB 40 2, 4, 6 Cu 3.56 0.79 5.93 400
HL 25 2, 4, 6, 8 Cu 6.88 1.40 11.46 400
HL 40 2, 4, 6, 8 Cu 3.52 1.58 5.86 400
SL 40 4 Cu 2.17 0.29 3.62 400
SL 63 4 Cu 1.65 0.64 2.75 400
MS 63 4 Al 1.50 0.37 2.50 400
MS 100 4 Al 1.00 0.25 1.67 400
MS 160 4 Cu 0.57 0.25 0.96 400
MR 160 4 Al 0.59 0.26 0.98 1000
MR 250 4 Al 0.39 0.20 0.66 1000
MR 315 4 Al 0.24 0.19 0.39 1000
MR 400 4 Al 0.14 0.13 0.24 1000
MR 500 4 Al 0.09 0.11 0.15 1000
MR 630 4 Al 0.07 0.10 0.12 1000
MR 800 4 Al 0.06 0.10 0.10 1000
MR 250 4 Cu 0.28 0.21 0.47 1000
MR 315 4 Cu 0.22 0.19 0.36 1000
MR 400 4 Cu 0.11 0.13 0.19 1000
MR 630 4 Cu 0.07 0.12 0.12 1000
MR 800 4 Cu 0.05 0.12 0.08 1000
MR 1000 4 Cu 0.04 0.12 0.06 1000
SCP 630 4 Al 0.083 0.023 0.125 1000
SCP 800 4 Al 0.064 0.017 0.117 1000
SCP 1000 4 Al 0.069 0.017 0.117 1000
SCP 1250 4 Al 0.057 0.016 0.095 1000
SCP 1600 4 Al 0.041 0.014 0.068 1000
SCP 2000 4 Al 0.032 0.011 0.053 1000
SCP 2500 4 Al 0.024 0.006 0.041 1000
SCP 3200 4 Al 0.02 0.007 0.033 1000
SCP 4000 4 Al 0.017 0.006 0.028 1000
SCP 800 4 Cu 0.044 0.023 0.066 1000
SCP 1000 4 Cu 0.037 0.017 0.065 1000
SCP 1250 4 Cu 0.039 0.017 0.065 1000
SCP 1600 4 Cu 0.028 0.016 0.045 1000
SCP 2000 4 Cu 0.024 0.014 0.040 1000
SCP 2500 4 Cu 0.018 0.011 0.029 1000
SCP 3200 4 Cu 0.014 0.006 0.024 1000
SCP 4000 4 Cu 0.012 0.007 0.019 1000
SCP 5000 4 Cu 0.009 0.006 0.015 1000
HR 1000 4 Al 0.07 0.09 0.11 1000
HR 1250-1600 4 Al 0.04 0.07 0.07 1000
HR 2000 4 Al 0.03 0.05 0.06 1000
HR 2250 4 Al 0.03 0.05 0.05 1000
HR 2500 4 Al 0.02 0.03 0.04 1000
HR 3200 4 Al 0.02 0.03 0.03 1000
HR 4000 4 Al 0.02 0.02 0.03 1000
HR 4500 4 Al 0.01 0.02 0.02 1000
HR 1000 4 Cu 0.04 0.10 0.06 1000
HR 1250 4 Cu 0.04 0.08 0.06 1000
HR 1600 4 Cu 0.03 0.07 0.06 1000
HR 2000 4 Cu 0.03 0.07 0.04 1000
HR 2500 4 Cu 0.02 0.04 0.03 1000
HR 3000 4 Cu 0.02 0.03 0.03 1000
HR 3200 4 Cu 0.01 0.03 0.02 1000
HR 4000 4 Cu 0.01 0.03 0.02 1000
HR 5000 4 Cu 0.01 0.02 0.01 1000
MTS 63 5 Cu 1.80 1.40 3.60 400
TS5 70 5 Cu 1.14 0.06 2.27 600
TS5 110 5 Cu 0.94 0.06 1.88 600
TS5 150 5 Cu 0.62 0.09 1.24 600
TS 250 4 Cu 0.31 0.16 0.61 600
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
49 GENERAL fEATURES 49
Selection of conductors
depending on voltage drop
Specifc resistance and reactance of standardised cables (UNEL 35023-70 table)
Single core cables Multicore cables
Rated R resistance XL reactance R resistance XL reactance
sections per metre per metre per metre per metre
in mm
2
(m) (m) (m) (m)
1 22.1 0.176 22.5 0.125
1.5 14.8 0.168 15.1 0.118
2.5 8.91 0.155 9.08 0.109
4 5.57 0.143 5.68 0.101
6 3.71 0.135 3.78 0.0955
10 2.24 0.119 2.27 0.0861
16 1.41 0.112 1.43 0.0817
25 0.889 0.106 0.907 0.0813
35 0.641 0.101 0.654 0.0783
50 0.473 0.101 0.483 0.0779
70 0.328 0.0965 0.334 0.0751
95 0.236 0.0975 0.241 0.0762
120 0.188 0.0939 0.191 0.0740
150 0.153 0.0928 0.157 0.0745
185 0.123 0.0908 0.125 0.0742
240 0.0943 0.0902 0.0966 0.0752
300 0.0761 0.0895 0.0780 0.0750
400 0.0607 0.0876 0.0625 0.0742
500 0.0496 0.0867 0.0512 0.0744
630 0.0402 0.0865 0.0417 0.0749
Note - Values based on a temperature of 80C.
Withextremelylongdistributionlines,itisoften
necessarytodefnethesectionoftheconductor
dependingonthemaximumpermittedvoltagedrop
betweenthepointoforiginoftheusersystemand
anyoftheuserequipment.TheIEC60364-5standard
recommendsthatthemaximumpermittedvoltage
dropdoesnotexceed4%ofthesystemrated
voltage.Duringthestart-upproceduresofmotors
orotherusers,highervoltagedropsarepermitted,
providedthattheydonotpreventappropriate
systemoperation.Iflatchingcontactorsarepresent,
thedropshouldnotexceed20%.Belowarethe
methodsusedfordefning,bothmathematicallyand
graphically,thevoltagedropsforcurrentsequalto
theoperatingcurrentIBestablishedatthedesign
stage.
SELECTION Of CABLES DEPENDING ON VOLTAGE
DROP
where:

Vf =voltagedropinvolts,projectedonthephase
voltagevector
Ib =linecurrentofuseinamperes
=impedanceanglebetweentheIbcurrentand
thephasevoltage
R =resistancepermetrein/m
(seetableontheright)
X =reactancepermetrein/m
(seetableontheright)
L =ductlengthinm
(1)Theformulacanbeusedwithanegligibleerror
marginforS50mm
2
.
(2)Theformulaappliesto230/400Vlines.
Allformulasapplyalsotoonephasecircuits,
bydoublingthelengthL.
NOTE
ForthedefnitionofVfinstrictvectorterms,referto
genericelectro-technicalliterature.
Vf = IBL (Rcos + Xsen )
Vf = IBL Rcos (1)
V% =
Vf
2.3
(2)
50 DESIGN CRITERIA 50
EXAMPLE Of VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATION
AB section
Fromthetable,forS=50mm
2

thefollowingisobtained:
R=0.473m
XL=0.101m
Percos0.8sen=0.6
Vf=80x30(0.473x0.8+0.101x0.6)=1053mV
BC section
Fromthetable,forS=25mm
2

thefollowingisobtained:
R=0.889m
XLandsen canbeleftout
Vf=40x50x0.889x0.75=1333mV
AC section
Total = 2386mV
V% ==1.03%
2.386
2.3
50 mm
2
single core cables
IB 80A
cos = 0.8
L = 30m
25 mm
2
single core cables
IB 40A
cos = 0.75
L = 50m
M
A
B
C
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
51 GENERAL fEATURES 51
Toensureappropriateperformanceoftheusers,itis
necessarythattheyoperateattheratedvoltagefor
whichtheyhavebeendesigned.Forthisreason,itis
importanttocheckthatthevoltagedropacrossthe
linedoesnotreachtoohighavalue.Thevariation
limitsofthevoltagevarydependingonthetype
ofsysteminstalledandthenatureofthepowered
load.Itisalsoworthmentioning,thatwithmachines
subjectedtostart-upscausinghighbreakaway
startingcurrents,thevoltagedropontheusermust
bemaintainedwithinvaluesthatarecompatible
withthegoodoperationofthemachineevenduring
start-up.Thetablesbelowshowthepercentagedrop
valuesina100metrelineat400Va.c.three-phase.
Forthree-phase230Va.c.lines,multiplythevalues
inthetableby1.73.For230Va.c.singlephaselines,
multiplyby2.
Percentage voltage drop (%) at 100 metres. in a three-phase distribution line at 400Va.c. on copper cables

In (A) cos = 0.85 cos = 1
cable section (mm
2
) cable section (mm
2
)
1.5 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 35 50 70 95 120 150 1.5 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 35 50 70 95 120 150
1 0.5 0.4 0.6 0.4
2 1.1 0.6 0.4 1.3 0.7 0.5
3 1.5 1 0.6 0.4 1.9 1.1 0.7 0.5
6 2.6 1.6 1 0.6 0.4 3.1 1.9 1.2 0.8 0.5
10 5.2 3.2 2 1.4 0.8 0.5 6.1 3.7 2.3 1.5 0.9 0.5
16 8.4 5 3.2 2.2 1.3 0.8 0.5 10.7 5.9 3.7 2.4 1.4 0.9 0.6
20 6.3 4 2.6 1.6 1 0.6 7.4 4.6 3.1 1.9 1.2 0.7
25 7.9 5 3.3 2 1.3 0.8 0.6 9.3 5.8 3.9 2.3 1.4 0.9 0.6
32 6.3 4.2 2.6 1.6 1.1 0.8 0.5 7.4 5 3 1.9 1.2 0.8 0.6
40 7.9 5.3 3.2 2.1 1.4 1 0.7 0.5 9.3 6.1 3.7 2.3 1.4 1.1 0.7 0.5
50 6.7 4.1 2.5 1.6 1.2 0.9 0.6 0.5 7.7 4.6 2.9 1.9 1.4 0.9 0.6 0.5
63 8.4 5 3.2 2.1 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.6 9.7 5.9 3.6 2.3 1.6 1.2 0.8 0.6
80 6.4 4.1 2.6 1.9 1.4 1 0.8 0.6 0.5 7.4 4.6 3 2.1 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.5
100 8 5 3.3 2.4 1.7 1.3 1 0.8 0.7 9.3 5.8 3.7 2.6 1.9 1.4 1 0.8 0.7
125 4.4 4.1 3.1 2.2 1.6 1.3 1 0.9 7.2 4.6 3.3 2.3 1.6 1.2 1 0.9
160 5.3 3.9 2.8 2.1 1.6 1.4 1.1 5.9 4.2 3 2.1 1.5 1.3 1.2
250 6 4.3 3.2 2.5 2.1 1.7 6.7 4.6 3.3 2.4 1.9 1.7
320 5.6 4.1 3.2 2.6 2.3 5.9 4.2 3.2 2.4 2.3
400 6.9 5.1 4 3.3 2.8 7.4 5.3 3.9 3.1 2.8
500 6.5 5 4.1 3.5 6.7 4.9 3.9 3.5
Percentage voltage drop (%) at 100 metres, in a three-phase distribution line at 400Va.c. on aluminium cables

In (A) cos = 0.85 cos = 1
cable section (mm
2
) cable section (mm
2
)
10 16 25 35 50 70 95 120 150 185 240 300 10 16 25 35 50 70 95 120 150 185 240 300
1
2
3 0.4 0.5
6 0.6 0.4 0.7 0.5
10 1.3 0.8 0.5 1.4 0.9 0.6
16 2.1 1.3 0.8 0.6 2.3 1.4 1 0.7
20 2.5 1.6 1.1 0.7 0.5 3 1.9 1.2 0.8 0.6
25 3.2 2 1.3 0.9 0.6 0.5 3.7 2.3 1.4 1.1 0.7 0.5
32 4.1 2.6 1.6 1.2 0.9 0.6 0.5 4.8 3 1.9 1.4 1 0.7 0.5
40 5.1 3.2 2.1 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.5 5.9 3.7 2.3 1.7 1.2 0.8 0.6 0.5
50 6.4 4.1 2.6 1.9 1.4 1 0.7 0.6 0.5 7.4 4.6 3 2.1 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.5
63 8 5 3.2 2.3 1.7 1.3 0.9 0.8 0.6 9 5.9 3.7 2.7 1.9 1.4 1 0.8 0.7 0.6
80 6.4 4.1 3 2.2 1.5 1.2 1 0.8 7.4 4.8 3.4 2.3 1.7 1.3 1 0.9 0.8 0.6
100 5.2 3.8 2.7 2 1.5 1.3 1 5.9 4.2 3 2.1 1.5 1.3 1.2 1 0.8 0.6
125 6.5 4.7 3.3 2.4 1.9 1.5 1.3 7.4 5.3 3.7 2.6 2 1.5 1.4 1.3 1 0.8
160 6 4.3 3.2 2.4 2 1.6 6.8 4.8 3.4 2.5 2 1.8 1.6 1.3 1.1
250 6.8 5 3.8 3.1 2.5 7.4 5.3 3.9 3.1 2.8 2.5 2 1.6
320 6.3 4.8 3.9 3.2 6.8 5 4 3.6 3.2 2.5 2
400 5.9 4.9 4.1 6.2 5 4.5 4 3.2 2.7
500 6.1 5 7.7 6.1 5.7 5 4 3.3
Selection of cables
depending on voltage drop
52 DESIGN CRITERIA 52
1 attempt
2 attempt
IB = 40A cos = 0.8
IB = 40A cos = 0.8
10 mm
2

25 mm
2

L = 200m
L = 200m
V% 2.6% (point F)
V% 6% (excessive)
(point D)
| cosJ (A)
1
2
1
S
2

2
S
1
S

2
S

1
2
1
S
2

1
S

S /
ouct lertl | (r)
.S
.6
.8
1
1.S
2
J
4
S
6
/
S
JS
2S
16
1.S
2.S
4
6
1
4
5
8
6
7
9
Initial data
- Permitted voltage drop = 4% max
- IB current of use = 40A, cos = 0.8
- Line section = 10 mm
2
- Three-phase line length = 200m
Data obtained from the diagram
- IB cos = 32A (point A)
- Section = 10 mm
2
(point B)
- Length = 200m (point C)
- Voltage drop > 6% (point D)
- Increase of section to 25 mm
2
(point E)
- Voltage drop 2.6% approx. (point F)
Example:
l
i
n
e

s
e
c
t
i
o
n

(
m
m
2
)
v
o
l
t
a
g
e

d
r
o
p

V
%


DIAGRAMS fOR THE ASSESSMENT Of THE
VOLTAGE DROP
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
53 GENERAL fEATURES 53
Three-phase systems
a3IBL(rtcosm+xsinm)
v=
1000
Single phase systems
a2IBL(rtcosm+xsinm)
v=
1000
Thepercentagevoltagedropisobtainedfrom:

v% = v100
Vr
whereVristhesystemratedvoltage.
Withverylongbusbars,thevoltagedropcanbelimited
byinstallingapowersupplyatanintermediateposition,
ratherthanattheterminalpoint.
LOADS LOADS
INTERMEDIATE POWER
SUPPLY POINT OF
THE BUSBAR
a current distribution factor

Type of Loads distribution a current power
supply distribution factor
Load concentrated 1
From one at the end
end only Load evenly distributed 0.5

From both ends Load evenly distributed
0.25
Loads concentrated 0.25
Central at the ends
Load evenly distributed 0.125

Legend
a = Distribution factor of the current, based on the way the circuit is powered
and the distribution of the electric loads along the busbar, as shown in the
table that follows
IB = Current of use (A)
L = Length of the busbar (m)
rt = Phase resistance per length unit of the busbar (m/m)
x = Phase reactance per length unit of the busbar (m/m)
cosm = Average power factor of the loads
v% = Percentage voltage drop
a = Current distribution factor
k = Coeffcient listed in the technical data table corresponding to cos (V/m/A)
Vn = Power supply voltage of the busbar
cosmi = Average power factor of the ith load
Ii = ith load current (A)
Li = Distance of the ith load from the origin of the busbar (m)
Withparticularlylonglines(>100m),thevoltagedrop
valuemustbechecked.Insystemswithpowerfactor
(cosm)ofnolessthan0.8,thevoltagedropcanbe
calculatedusingthefollowingformulas:
CALCULATION Of VOLTAGE DROP WITH NON
EVENLY DISTRIBUTED LOADS
Inthosecaseswhentheloadscannotbeconsidered
evenlydistributed,thevoltagedropcanbe
determinedmoreaccuratelyusingtherelationsbelow.
Forthedistributionofthethree-phaseloadsinthe
fgure,thevoltagedropcanbedeterminedusingthe
followingformula,providedthatthebusbarhasa
constantsection(conditionnormallychecked):
v=3[rt(I1L1cos1+I2L1cos1+I3L3cos3)
+x(I1L1sin1+I2L2sin2+I3L3sin3)]
ingeneraltermsitbecomes:
v= 3(rtIiLicosmi+xIiLisinmi)

1000
Ifthesystemisathree-phasesystemandthepower
factorisnotlowerthancos=0,7,thevoltagedrop
canbecalculatedusingthevoltagedropcoeffcients
listedinthetechnicaldatatable.
v% = 2aklBL100

Vn10
3
L1
L2
L3
L L L
l1 l3 l2
Selection of busbars
depending on voltage drop
54 DESIGN CRITERIA 54
Sizing of the neutral
and protection conductors
SIZING Of THE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR
Theneutralconductormusthavethesamesectionas
thephaseconductors:
in2wiresinglephaseconductors,irrespectiveofthe
conductorssection
inthree-phasecircuits,whenthesizeofthephase
conductorsislowerorequalto16mm
2
forcopper,
or25mm
2
foraluminium.
Inthree-phasecircuitswithphaseconductorswitha
sectionsexceeding16mm
2
(ifcopper),or25mm
2
(if
aluminium),theneutralconductorcanhavealower
sectionthanthephaseconductors,providedthatboth
thefollowingconditionsaremet:
themaximumcurrent,includinganyharmonics,
whichisexpectedtorunthroughtheneutral
conductorduringstandardoperation,isnothigher
thanthepermittedcurrentforthereducedsectionof
theneutralconductor(thecurrentthatreachesthe
circuitduringstandardoperationconditionsmustbe
basicallybalancedamongthephases);
thesectionoftheneutralconductorisatleast16
mm
2
forcopperand25mm
2
foraluminium.
Section of phase conductors (mm
2
) Minimum section of the protection conductor (mm
2
)
S f 16 Sp = S
16 < S f 35 16
S f > 35 Sp = S/2
TheIEC60364-5standardliststhefollowing
requirementsfortheprotectionoftheneutral
conductor:
a)whentheneutralconductorsectionisatleastequal
orequivalenttothesectionofthephaseconductors,
overcurrentdetectionontheneutralconductorare
notnecessary.
b)whentheneutralconductorsectionislowerthan
thesectionofthephaseconductors,overcurrent
detectionontheneutralconductorisrequired,and
mustbeappropriateforthesectionoftheneutral
conductoritself:thisovercurrentdetectionmust
causethedisconnectionofthephaseconductors,
butnotnecessarilyoftheneutralconductor.
c)itishowevernotnecessarytoensureovercurrent
detectionontheneutralconductorifboththe
followingconditionsaremet:
theneutralconductorisprotectedfromshort
circuitsbytheprotectiondeviceofthephase
conductorsofthecircuit
themaximumcurrentthatcanrunthroughthe
neutralconductorduringstandardoperationis
clearlylowerthanitsloadcapacity.
SIZING Of THE PROTECTION CONDUCTOR
TheIEC60364-5standardliststwoproceduresforthe
sizingoftheprotectionconductor(PE):
a)Thesectionoftheprotectionconductor(Sp)
mustnotbelowerthanthevalueobtainedbythe
followingformula:
Sp= Theformulacanberewritten
asfollows:
(I
2
t)K
2
Sp
2
Takingintoaccountthatthesectionsof
thecablesincreasebydiscreetvalues
ThePEsectionisdefnedinawaythatensuresthat
duringafault,theadmittedtemperatureincaseof
shortcircuitisnotexceeded.
Theterm(l
2
t)indicatesthespecifcpowerletthrough
bytheprotectiondevice;
TheKcoeffcienttakesintoaccountthetypeof
insulation,theconductormaterial,theinitialand
fnaltemperaturesduringafault.TheIEC60364-5
standardliststhevaluestobeusedforKifPEisa
singlecorecable,thecoreofamulticorecable,the
metalcoveringorthearmouringofacable,anaked
conductor:itmayassumedifferentvaluesdepending
onthecase,duetothepresenceorabsenceofthe
insulatingmaterial,andalsobecauseadifferent
initialtemperatureoftheconductorispresumed,
fromwhichalowerorhigherquantityofspecifc
powerthatcanbesupportedbythesameresults.
Thesectionoftheprotectionconductorscanbe
determinedreferringtothefollowingtable.Inthis
caseverifcationbyapplyingtheaboveformulais
notnecessary.Ifwhentheparametersofthetable
areapplied,anonstandardisedsectionresults,the
standardisedsectionclosertothevalueobtained
mustbeused.

I
2
t
K
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
55 GENERAL fEATURES 55
Protection
from short circuit
where:
Eisthephasevoltage
ZEistheequivalentsecondaryimpedanceofthe
transformermeasuredbetweenphaseandneutral
ZListheimpedanceofthephaseconductoronly
Features of the short circuit current
sloit ciicuit cuiiert
urioiiectiorol cororert
svrretiic cororert
tire (t)
cuiiert (|)
ieol tiero
tire (t)
cuiiert (|)
ieol tiero
|r
2 |cc
M8
<VV&q
<VV9A
<VV99
<VV990
%M8%M?
&8
<VV9A0
M8%M?
8
<VV&q0
M8M?
8
80c[TfXib_gTZX
M8
M8
Icc =
E
ZE+ZL
TheIEC60364-5standardprescribesthatprotection
ofthecircuitsofasystemmustbeensuredusing
devicescapableofbreakingtheshortcircuitcurrents,
beforetheybecomedangerousduetothethermal
mechanicaleffecttheycanhaveontheconductors
andtheconnections.Inordertocorrectlydefne
thesizeoftheelectricsystemandtheprotection
devices,itisnecessarytoknowthevalueofthe
expectedshortcircuitcurrentatthepointwherethe
electricsystemistobeinstalled.Thisvalueenables
toselectsuitableprotectiondevices,basedonthe
correspondingbreakingandclosingpowers,andto
checktheresistancetoelectrodynamicstressofthe
busbarsupportsinstalledintheelectricdistribution
boards,aswellasofthebusbars.
fEATURES Of THE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT
Theexpectedshortcircuitcurrentatapointofthe
usersystem,isthecurrentthatwouldbepresentin
thatpoint,ifanegligibleresistanceconnectionwas
completedbetweenthepoweredconductors.
Thesizeofthiscurrentisanestimatedvalue,which
representtheworstpossiblescenario(faultimpedance
zero,trippingtimedelaysolongthatthecurrentcan
reachthemaximumtheoreticallevels).
Inrealterms,theshortcircuitalwaysoccurswith
muchloweractualcurrentvalues.Theintensityof
theexpectedshortcircuitcurrentdependsessentially
onthefollowingfactors:
powerofthecabintransformer:thehigherthe
power,thehigherthecurrent;
lengthofthelineupstreamthefault:thelongerthe
line,thelessthecurrent;
Inthree-phasecircuitswithneutral,threedifferent
typesofshortcircuitscanoccur:
phase-phase
phase-neutral
three-phasebalanced(themostproblematic
condition)
Theformulaforthecalculationofthesymmetric
componentis:
56 DESIGN CRITERIA 56
L (m)
S (mm
2
)
P (kVA)
RL = upstream line resistance (m)
r = specifc line resistance (m/m)
(see table on the following page)
L = upstream line resistance (m)
XL = upstream line reactance (m)
x = specifc line reactance (m/m)
(see table on the following page)
RE = equivalent secondary resistance of the transformer (m)
Pcu = losses from the copper of the transformer (W)
In = rated transformer resistance (A)

ZE = equivalent secondary impedance of the transformer (m)
Vc = linked voltage (V)
Vcc% = percentage short circuit voltage
P = transformer power (kVA)
XE = equivalent secondary resistance of the transformer (m)
Zcc = total short circuit impedance (m)
lcc = symmetric component of the short circuit current (kA)
Line resistance
RL = r L
Line reactance
XL = x L
Transformer resistance
RE =
1000 Pcu
3In
2
Transformer impedance
Vcc% V
2
c
100 P
Transformer reactance
XE = ZE
2
RE
2
Short circuit impedance
Zcc = (RL + RE)
2
+ (XL + XE)
2
Estimated short circuit current

Vc

3 Zcc
Icc =
ANALYTIC DETERMINATION Of THE SHORT
CIRCUIT CURRENTS
Tocalculatethevalueoftheestimatedshortcircuit
currentinanyonepointofthecircuit,thefollowing
formulascanbeused,oncetheimpedancevalues
calculatedfromtheoriginofthesystemuptothe
pointbeingtakenintoconsiderationareknown.Inthe
formulasbelowthevalueoftheshortcircuitpoweris
consideredasinfniteandtheshortcircuitimpedanceis
0.Thisresultsinthetendencytodetermineshortcircuit
currentvalueshigherthantheactualones.However
theyarestillnormallyacceptable.
ZE =
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
57 GENERAL fEATURES 57
Rated Insulation class Vcc% No load losses Losses caused by the load Io%
power kVA kV % W W %
100 12 4 440 2000 1.9
17.5 6 430 1900 2
24 6 480 2000 2.1
160 12 4 610 2700 1.7
17.5 6 570 2800 1.7
24 6 650 2800 1.8
250 12 6 750 3700 1.2
17.5 6 750 3650 1.3
24 6 850 3700 1.5
315 12 6 850 4600 1.1
17.5 6 88 4500 1.2
24 6 950 4500 1.4
400 12 6 1000 5400 1
17.5 6 1000 5200 1.1
24 6 1150 5400 1.3
500 12 6 1200 6700 0.9
17.5 6 1200 6700 1
24 6 1350 6700 1.2
630 12 6 1450 7600 0.8
17.5 6 1600 7800 1
24 6 1650 7800 1.1
800 12 6 1750 9400 0.8
17.5 6 1780 9300 0.9
24 6 1850 9300 1
1000 12 6 2000 10000 0.7
17.5 6 2000 10800 0.8
24 6 2200 10800 0.9
1250 12 6 2300 12700 0.6
17.5 6 2350 12600 0.7
24 6 2600 12800 0.8
1600 12 6 2800 14000 0.5
17.5 6 2750 15500 0.6
24 6 2950 15500 0.7
2000 12 6 3300 18000 0.5
17.5 6 3350 18500 0.6
24 6 3800 18600 0.6
2500 12 6 4300 21000 0.4
17.5 6 4300 21800 0.5
24 6 4800 22000 0.5
3150 12 7 4600 26000 0.4
17.5 7 4700 26000 0.4
24 7 5100 26000 0.5
The short circuit current of a generic transformer, for which the secondary rated current and the short circuit Vcc% percentage voltage are known, can be
calculated very quickly using the following formula:
The short circuit current of x transformers in parallel, can be considered to be the same as the sum of the individual Iccs.
Icc = In where In = (A = apparent power)
Vcc %
100
3 Vn
A
When selecting and installing MV/LV transformers, reference should also be
made to the DK5600 prescription (June 2006), issued by the electric distribution
body, applicable to the connection of equipment to medium voltage lines.
EDM MV/LV TRANSfORMERS fEATURES
ThefollowingtablereferstoEDMresinnatural
coolingtransformerswithfrequency50Hz,for
primaryvoltageupto24kV,Dyn11Connection,
protectiondegreeIP00,inaccordancewithIEC60076-
1standards.
Protection
from short circuit
58 DESIGN CRITERIA 58
TABLE AND DIAGRAMS fOR THE ASSESSMENT
Of THE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT
Thetabledirectlysuppliesthevalueoftheshortcircuit
current,basedonthelinethatconnectsthecabin
distributionboardtothefrstgeneraldistributionboard
ordepartmentdistributionboard.Thetablehasbeen
producedtakingintoconsiderationoiltransformers,
withnormallossesanda6metresinglecorecableline.
Table for the assessment of the short circuit current

KVA Icc type section Icc 0m Icc 7m Icc 10m Icc 15m Icc 20m Icc 30m Icc 50m Icc 80m Icc 120m Icc 180m
160 5.7 cable 185 5.5 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.1 4.9 4.7 4.3 3.9 3.4
160 5.7 cable 150 5.5 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.1 4.9 4.6 4.2 3.7 3.2
160 5.7 cable 120 5.5 5.3 5.2 5.1 5 4.8 4.5 4 3.5 3
160 5.7 cable 95 5.5 5.3 5.2 5.1 5 4.7 4.3 3.8 3.3 2.7
160 5.7 cable 70 5.5 5.2 5.1 5 4.8 4.6 4.1 3.5 3 2.4
160 5.7 cable 50 5.5 5.2 5 4.9 4.7 4.3 3.8 3.1 2.5 1.9
160 5.7 cable 35 5.5 5.1 4.9 4.7 4.5 4.1 3.4 2.7 2.1 1.5
250 8.9 cable 240 8.5 8.2 8.1 8 7.8 7.5 6.9 6.2 5.5 4.6
250 8.9 cable 150 8.5 8.2 8 7.8 7.6 7.3 6.6 5.8 4.9 4
250 8.9 cable 120 8.5 8.1 8 7.7 7.5 7.1 6.4 5.5 4.6 3.7
250 8.9 cable 95 8.5 8.1 7.9 7.6 7.4 6.9 6.1 5.1 4.2 3.3
250 8.9 cable 70 8.5 8 7.8 7.4 7.2 6.6 5.6 4.6 3.6 2.7
250 8.9 cable 50 8.5 7.8 7.6 7.2 6.8 6.1 4.9 3.8 2.9 2.1
250 8.9 cable 35 8.5 7.7 7.3 6.8 6.3 5.5 4.2 3.1 2.3 1.7
400 14.1 busbars 50x6 13.5 12.8 12.5 12.1 11.7 10.9 9.7 8.3 6.9 5.6
400 14.1 cables 185x2 13.5 13.2 13 12.8 12.5 12.1 11.3 10.3 9.1 7.7
400 14.1 cable 240 13.5 12.9 12.6 12.2 11.8 11.1 10 8.6 7.2 5.8
400 14.1 cable 150 13.5 12.7 12.4 11.9 11.5 10.7 9.3 7.7 6.2 4.8
400 14.1 cable 120 13.5 12.6 12.2 11.7 11.2 10.3 8.8 7.2 5.7 4.4
400 14.1 cable 95 13.5 12.4 12.1 11.5 11 9.9 8.3 6.6 5.1 3.8
400 14.1 cable 70 13.5 12.2 11.8 11.1 10.4 9.2 7.4 5.6 4.2 3
400 14.1 cable 50 13.5 11.9 11.3 10.4 9.5 8.1 6.2 4.4 3.2 2.3
400 14.1 cable 35 13.5 11.5 10.8 9.7 8.7 7.1 5.1 3.6 2.5 1.7
630 22 busbars 100x6 21.1 19.9 19.5 18.8 18.1 16.9 15 12.8 10.7 8.6
630 22 cables 240x3 21.1 20.5 20.3 20 19.7 19 17.8 16.3 14.6 12.6
630 22 cables 185x2 21.1 20.2 19.9 19.3 18.8 17.8 16.1 14 11.9 9.7
630 22 cable 240 21.1 19.5 19 18.1 17.3 15.8 13.5 11 8.8 6.8
630 22 cable 150 21.1 19.2 18.5 17.4 16.5 14.8 12.1 9.5 7.3 5.4
630 22 cable 120 21.1 18.8 18 16.9 15.9 14.1 11.4 8.7 6.6 4.8
630 22 cable 95 21.1 18.5 17.7 16.4 15.2 13.2 10.4 7.7 5.7 4.1
630 22 cable 70 21.1 18 17 15.4 14.1 11.8 8.9 6.4 4.6 3.2
630 22 cable 50 21.1 17.2 15.9 14 12.4 10 7.1 4.9 3.4 2.4
630 22 cable 35 21.1 16.4 14.8 12.5 10.8 8.4 5.7 3.8 2.6 1.8
800 18.7 busbars 100x10 18.2 18 17.9 17.7 17.6 17.3 16.7 16 15 13.7
800 18.7 busbars 100x6 18.2 17.3 17 16.5 16 15.1 13.5 11.7 9.9 8.1
800 18.7 cables 240x4 18.2 17.9 17.8 17.6 17.4 17.1 16.4 15.4 14.3 12.9
800 18.7 cables 240x3 18.2 17.8 17.7 17.4 17.2 16.7 15.8 14.7 13.3 11.7
800 18.7 cables 240x2 18.2 17.6 17.4 17 16.7 16 14.8 13.3 11.7 9.8
800 18.7 cable 240 18.2 17.1 16.7 16 15.4 14.3 12.4 10.4 8.4 6.6
800 18.7 cable 150 18.2 16.9 16.4 15.6 14.9 13.6 11.4 9.1 7.1 5.3
800 18.7 cable 120 18.2 16.7 16.1 15.3 14.5 13.1 10.8 8.4 6.5 4.8
800 18.7 cable 95 18.2 16.5 15.9 14.9 14 12.4 9.9 7.6 5.7 4.1
800 18.7 cable 70 18.2 16.2 15.4 14.2 13.2 11.3 8.6 6.3 4.6 3.2
800 18.7 cable 50 18.2 15.6 14.7 13.2 11.8 9.7 7 4.8 3.4 2.4
800 18.7 cable 35 18.2 15 13.8 12 10.5 8.2 5.7 3.8 2.6 1.8
630 x 2 42.6 busbars 2x100x10 39.3 38.4 37.9 37.3 36.6 35.4 33.2 30.3 27.2 23.5
630 x 2 42.6 busbars 100x10 39.3 38.3 37.8 37.1 36.4 35.1 32.6 29.5 26.1 22.2
630 x 2 42.6 cables 240x6 39.3 38.4 38.1 37.4 36.8 35.7 33.6 30.8 27.7 24.1
630 x 2 42.6 cables 240x3 39.3 37.5 36.8 35.7 34.6 32.6 29.2 25.2 21.2 17.1
630 x 2 42.6 cables 240x2 39.3 36.6 35.6 34 32.5 29.9 25.7 21.2 17.1 13.2
630 x 2 42.6 cable 240 39.3 34.2 32.4 29.8 27.6 23.9 18.9 14.3 10.8 9.5
630 x 2 42.6 cable 150 39.3 33 30.9 27.8 25.2 21.2 16 11.6 8.5 6
630 x 2 42.6 cable 120 39.3 31.8 29.5 26.3 23.7 19.6 14.5 10.3 7.5 5.2
630 x 2 42.6 cable 95 39.3 30.9 28.3 24.8 22 17.8 12.7 8.9 6.3 4.4
630 x 2 42.6 cable 70 39.3 29 26.1 22.2 19.2 15 10.3 7 4.9 3.4
630 x 2 42.6 cable 50 39.3 26.6 23.2 18.9 15.8 11.9 7.8 5.2 3.6 2.4
630 x 2 42.6 cable 35 39.3 24.2 20.4 16 13 9.5 6.1 4 2.7 1.8
Pn = 250 kVA S = 35 mm
2
L = 20 m Icc1 = 6.2 kA
Icc1
Icc0
L
S
Pn
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
59 GENERAL fEATURES 59
Section Length of the line in metres (copper cables)
of the phase
conductors (mm
2
)
1.5 0.8 1 1.3 1.6 3 6.5 8 9.5 13 16 32
2.5 1 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.6 5 10 13 16 21 26 50
4 0.8 1.7 2.1 2.5 3.5 4 8.5 17 21 25 34 42 85
6 1.3 2.5 3 4 5 6.5 13 25 32 38 50 6 5
130
10 0.8 1.1 2.1 4 5.5 6.5 8.5 11 21 42 55 65 85 1 1 0
210
16 0.9 1 1.4 1.7 3.5 7 8.5 10 14 17 34 70 85 100 140 1 7 0
340
25 1 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.6 5 10 13 16 21 26 50 100 130 160 210 260
35 1.5 1.9 2.2 3 3.5 7.5 15 19 22 30 37 75 150 190 220 300 370
50 1.1 2.1 2.7 3 4 5.5 11 21 27 32 40 55 110 210 270 320
70 1.5 3 3.5 4.5 6 7.5 15 30 37 44 60 75 150 300 370
95 1 2 4 5 6 8 10 20 40 50 60 80 100 200 400
120 0.9 1.3 2.5 5 6.5 7.5 10 13 25 50 65 75 100 130 250
150 1 1.4 2.7 5.5 7 8 11 14 27 55 70 80 110 140 270
185 1.1 1.6 3 6.5 8 9.5 13 16 32 65 80 95 130 160 320
240 1.4 2 4 8 10 12 16 20 40 80 100 120 160 200 400
300 1.7 2.4 5 9.5 12 15 19 24 49 95 120 150 190 240
2 x 120 1.8 2.5 5.1 10 13 15 20 25 50 100 130 150 200 250
2 x 150 1.9 2.8 5.5 11 14 17 22 28 55 110 140 180 220 280
2 x 185 2.3 3.5 6.5 13 16 20 26 33 65 130 160 200 260 330
3 x 120 2.7 4 7.5 15 19 23 30 38 75 150 190 230 300 380
3 x 150 2.9 4 8 16 21 25 33 41 80 160 210 250 330 410
3 x 185 3.5 5 9.5 20 24 29 39 49 95 190 240 290 390
Icc0 short Icc1 short circuit currents in kA
circuit currents
in kA
100 94 91 83 71 67 63 56 50 33 20 17 14 11 9 5 2.4 2 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
90 85 83 76 66 62 58 52 47 32 20 16 14 11 9 4.5 2.4 2 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
80 76 74 69 61 57 54 49 44 31 19 16 14 11 9 4.5 2.4 2 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
70 67 65 61 55 52 49 45 41 29 18 16 14 11 9 4.5 2.4 1.9 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
60 58 57 54 48 46 44 41 38 27 18 15 13 10 8.5 4.5 2.4 1.9 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
50 48 48 46 42 40 39 36 33 25 17 14 13 10 8.5 4.5 2.4 1.9 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
40 39 39 37 35 33 32 30 29 22 15 13 12 9.5 8 4.5 2.4 1.9 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
35 34 34 33 31 30 29 27 26 21 15 13 11 9 8 4.5 2.3 1.9 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
30 29 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 19 14 12 11 9 7.5 4.5 2.3 1.9 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
25 25 24 24 23 22 22 21 20 17 13 11 10 8.5 7 4 2.3 1.9 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
20 20 20 19 19 18 18 17 17 14 11 10 9 7.5 6.5 4 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.2 1 0.5
15 15 15 15 14 14 14 13 13 12 9.5 8.5 8 7 6 4 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.5
10 10 10 10 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9 8.5 7 6.5 6.5 5.5 5 3.5 2 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.5
7 7 7 7 7 7 6.5 6.5 6.5 6 5.5 5 5 4.5 4 2.9 1.8 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.5
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4.5 4 4 4 3.5 3.5 2.5 1.7 1.4 1.3 1.1 0.8 0.5
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3.5 3.5 3.5 3 3 2.9 2.2 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.1 0.8 0.4
3 3 3 3 3 3 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.5 2.4 2.3 1.9 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.4 1.1 1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.3
TABLE fOR THE ASSESSMENT Of THE SHORT
CIRCUIT CURRENT ACROSS THE LINE
ThefollowingtableshowsthedownstreamIcc1short
circuitcurrent,basedonthecablesection,theline
lengthandtheupstreamIcc0shortcircuitcurrent.
Thevaluesshownhavebeencalculatedonthebasis
ofathree-phase400Vlineand4polecopperor
aluminiumcables.
InthosecaseswheretheactualIcc0shortcircuit
currentorthelinecurrentarenotincludedinthe
table,thenexthigherIcc0shortcircuitcurrentmust
beselected,aswellasalengthimmediatelybelow
thedesignvalues.Alsofollowing,arethetablesfor
thecalculationoftheIcc1currentacrossthelinein
reference.
Protection
from short circuit
60 DESIGN CRITERIA 60
Section Length of the line in metres (aluminium cables)
of the phase
conductors (mm
2
)
2.5 0.8 1 1.3 1.6 3 6.5 8 9.5 13 16 32
4 1 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.6 5 10 13 16 21 26 50
6 0.8 1.6 2 2.4 3 4 8 16 20 24 32 40 60
10 1.3 2.6 3.5 4 5.5 6.5 13 26 33 40 55 65 130
16 0.8 1.1 2.1 4 5.5 6.5 8.5 11 21 42 55 65 85 105 210
25 0.8 1 1.3 1.7 3.5 6.5 8.5 10 13 17 33 65 85 100 130 165 330
35 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.8 2.3 4.5 9 12 14 18 23 46 90 120 140 180 230
50 1.3 1.7 2 2.6 3.5 6.5 13 17 20 26 33 65 130 170 200 260 330
70 0.9 1.8 2.3 2.8 3.5 4.5 9 18 23 28 37 46 90 180 230 280 370
95 1.3 2.5 3 4 5 6.5 13 25 32 38 50 65 130 250 310 380
120 0.8 1.7 3 4 4.5 6.5 8 17 32 40 47 65 80 160 320 400
150 0.9 1.7 3.5 4.5 5 7 8.5 17 34 43 50 70 85 170 340
185 1 2 4 5 6 8 10 20 40 50 60 80 100 200 400
240 0.9 1.3 2.5 5 6.5 7.5 10 13 25 50 65 75 100 130 250
300 1 1.5 3 6 7.5 9 12 15 30 60 75 90 120 150 300
2 x 120 1.1 1.6 3 6.5 8 9.5 13 16 32 65 80 95 130 160 320
2 x 150 1.2 1.7 3.5 7 9 10 14 17 35 70 85 100 140 170
2 x 185 1.4 2 4.1 8 10 12 16 20 41 80 100 120 160 200
2 x 240 1.8 2.5 5 10 13 15 20 25 50 100 130 150 200 250
3 x 120 1.7 2.4 4.5 9.5 12 14 19 24 48 95 120 140 190 240
3 x 150 1.8 2.6 5 10 13 15 21 26 50 100 130 150 210 260
3 x 185 2.1 3 6 12 15 18 24 30 60 120 150 180 240 300
3 x 240 2.7 4 7.5 15 19 23 30 38 75 150 190 230 300 380
Icc0 short Icc1 short circuit currents in kA
circuit currents
in kA
100 94 91 83 71 67 63 56 50 33 20 17 14 11 9 5 2.4 2 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
90 85 83 76 66 62 58 52 47 32 20 16 14 11 9 4.5 2.4 2 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
80 76 74 69 61 57 54 49 44 31 19 16 14 11 9 4.5 2.4 2 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
70 67 65 61 55 52 49 45 41 29 18 16 14 11 9 4.5 2.4 1.9 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
60 58 57 54 48 46 44 41 38 27 18 15 13 10 8.5 4.5 2.4 1.9 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
50 48 48 46 42 40 39 36 33 25 17 14 13 10 8.5 4.5 2.4 1.9 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
40 39 39 37 35 33 32 30 29 22 15 13 12 9.5 8 4.5 2.4 1.9 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
35 34 34 33 31 30 29 27 26 21 15 13 11 9 8 4.5 2.3 1.9 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
30 29 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 19 14 12 11 9 7.5 4.5 2.3 1.9 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
25 25 24 24 23 22 22 21 20 17 13 11 10 8.5 7 4 2.3 1.9 1.6 1.2 1 0.5
20 20 20 19 19 18 18 17 17 14 11 10 9 7.5 6.5 4 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.2 1 0.5
15 15 15 15 14 14 14 13 13 12 9.5 8.5 8 7 6 4 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.5
10 10 10 10 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 9 8.5 7 6.5 6.5 5.5 5 3.5 2 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.5
7 7 7 7 7 7 6.5 6.5 6.5 6 5.5 5 5 4.5 4 2.9 1.8 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.5
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4.5 4 4 4 3.5 3.5 2.5 1.7 1.4 1.3 1.1 0.8 0.5
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3.5 3.5 3.5 3 3 2.9 2.2 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.1 0.8 0.4
3 3 3 3 3 3 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.5 2.4 2.3 1.9 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.4 1.1 1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.3
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
61 GENERAL fEATURES 61
Three-phase lines
Section (mm
2
) Three-phase line length (m)
4 1 1.3 1.8 2.4 3.2 4.4 6 8.4 11 15 20
6 1.5 2 2.7 3.6 4.8 6.6 9 12.6 16.5 22.5 30
10 2.5 3.3 4.5 6 8 11 15 21 28 37.5 50
16 4 5.2 7.1 9.5 12.5 17.5 24 33.5 44 60 80
25 6.3 8.1 11.3 15 20 27.5 37.5 52.5 70 94 125
Icc0 (kA) Icc1 (kA)
3 3 3 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 2 1.5 1.5 1.5
3.5 3.5 3 3 3 3 2.5 2.5 2 2 1.5 1.5
4 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3 3 2.5 2.5 2 1.5 1.5
4.5 4 4 4 3.5 3.5 3 3 2.5 2 2 1.5
5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4 4 3.5 3 2.5 2.5 2 1.5
6 5.5 5 5 4.5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5
7 6.5 6 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 2.5 2 1.5
8 7 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2
10 9 8.5 8 7 6.5 5.5 4.5 3.5 3 2.5 2
12 10.5 10 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 5 4 3.5 2.5 2
14 12 11.5 10.5 9.5 8 7 5.5 4 3.5 2.5 2
17 14 13.5 12 10.5 9 7 5.5 4.5 3.5 2.5 2
20 16 15 13 11 9.5 7.5 6 4.5 3.5 2.5 2
22 17.5 16 14 12 10 8 6 4.5 3.5 2.5 2
25 19 17.5 15 12.5 10.5 8 6 4.5 3.5 2.5 2
Single phase lines

Section (mm
2
) Length of the single phase (m)
2.5 0.7 0.9 1.3 1.8 2.5 3.5 4.5 6.5 9 12.5 17
4 1.1 1.5 2 3 4 5.5 7.5 10.5 14.5 20 27
6 1.6 2.2 3 4.3 6 8 11.5 15.5 21.5 30 41
10 2.6 3.7 5.2 7 10 13.5 19 26 36 50 68
Icc0 (kA) Icc1 (kA)
2 2 2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1 1 1 0.5 0.5
2.5 2 2 2 2 2 1.5 1.5 1 1 0.5 0.5
3 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 2 1.5 1.5 1 1 1 0.5
3.5 3 3 2.5 2.5 2 2 1.5 1.5 1 1 0.5
4.5 3.5 3.5 3 3 2.5 2 2 1.5 1 1 0.5
5 4 4 3.5 3 2.5 2.5 2 1.5 1 1 0.5
6 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1.5 1 0.5
Note: Multicore cables - PVC insulation
TABLE fOR THE ASSESSMENT Of Icc1 ACROSS THE LINE,
BASED ON THE Icc0 SUPPLIED
Protection
from short circuit
62 DESIGN CRITERIA 62
GENERAL PROTECTION CONDITIONS
Theconditionsrequiredforshortcircuitprotectionare
substantiallythefollowing:
thedevicemustbeinstalledatthebeginningofthe
protectedduct,witha3mtolerancefromthepoint
oforigin(ifthereisnoriskoffreandthestandard
precautionsforreducingtheriskofshortcircuitto
theminimumareimplemented);
theratedcurrentofthedevicemustnotbelower
thantheoperatingcurrent;
Section mm
2
PVC G2 EPR - XLPE
Cu (K=115) Al (K=74) Cu (K=135) Al (K=87) Cu (K=143) Al (K=87)
1.5 29.7 41 17 46 17
2.5 82.6 113 47.3 128 47.3
4 211.6 291 121 328 121
6 476.1 656 272 737 275
10 1322 541 1822 756 2045 756
16 3385 1390 4665 1930 5235 1930
25 8265 3380 11390 4730 12781 4730
35 16200 6640 22325 9270 25050 9270
50 33062 13500 45562 18900 51126 18900
70 64802 26800 89302 100200
95 119335 49400 164480 184553
120 190440 78850 262440 294466
150 297562 410062 460102
185 452625 625750 699867
240 761760 1049760 1177863
Maximum permitted values in 10
3
A
2
s of the Joule integral
theprotectiondevicemusthaveabreakingcapacity
notlowerthantheestimatedshortcircuitcurrentat
thepointwherethedeviceitselfisinstalled;
thedevicemusttripifashortcircuitoccursatany
pointalongtheprotectedline,withinthetime
necessarytopreventtheinsulatingmaterialsto
reachexcessivetemperatures.
PROTECTION Of CABLES fROM SHORT CIRCUIT
TheIEC60364-5standardprescribesthatallcurrents
causedbyashortcircuitinanypointofthelinemust
bebrokenbeforethetemperatureoftheinvolved
conductorsreachesthemaximumlimitthatcanbe
supportedbytheinsulatingmaterialitself.
Thissafetyrequirementismetwhenthespecifc
feed-throughpower(Jouleintegral)letthrough
bythecircuitbreakerduringtheshortcircuit,does
notexceedthemaximumpowervaluethatcanbe
supportedbythecable.
Inpractice,thefollowingrelationmustbesatisfed:
I
2
t K
2
S
2
I
2
tisthespecifcfeed-throughpower,expressedin
A
2
s,forthedurationoftheshortcircuit.Forshort
circuitslastingovercertainperiods,theI
2
tvaluecan
beobtainedbyassumingthatIisther.m.s.value
oftheshortcircuitcurrent,andttheduration,in
seconds,oftheshortcircuititself.Forshortdurations
(<0.1s),whenthecurrentasymmetryisimportant,
andforprotectiondeviceslimitingthespecifcfeed-
throughpower,theI
2
tvaluecanbeobtainedfrom
thecurvesofthecircuitbreakers.Kisaconstant
thatdependsonthetypeofinsulation.Sisthecable
section.Asympleprocedureforassessingifthecable
isprotected,istocheckthatthevalueofthespecifc
feed-throughpowerletthroughbythecircuitbreaker
islowerthantheK
2
S
2
valueslistedinthefollowing
table.
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
63 GENERAL fEATURES 63
Case A
<VVf[begV\eVh\gVheeXag
4
<g
%
<VV`Tk
>F
% %
=
b
h
_
X

\
a
g
X
Z
e
T
_
<VVf[begV\eVh\gVheeXag
5
<VV`\a
<g
%
>F
% %
=
b
h
_
X

\
a
g
X
Z
e
T
_
Correction coeffcients
Cable section (mm
2
) 125 150 185 240 300
Ks 0.9 0.85 0.8 0.75 0.72
No.of cables in parallel 1 2 3 4 5
Kp 1 2 2.65 3 3.2
I
2
t circuit breaker diagram
I
2
t cable diagram
Case B
GRAPHIC CHECK Of THE JOULE INTEGRAL
Thegraphiccheckisperformedbytracingandcomparing
thepowercurvesofthecircuitbreakersandthoseofthe
cable,implementingthefollowingcriteria.
A - Conductor protected from overload (IB In Iz)
Overloadprotectionofthecableisguaranteed.Ifthecircuit
breakerhasatypeB-Cmagnetictrippingcurve(inaccordance
withIEC60898),orcomplieswiththeIEC60947-2standard,
withinstantaneousmagneticthresholdaround10In,only
themaximumshortcircuitcurrent(Iccmax),calculatedat
theterminalsofthecircuitbreakers,mustbeconsidered.
Appropriatecableprotectionisonlyguaranteedifthe
intersectionpointA,betweenthecircuitbreakerpowercurve
andtheK
2
S
2
lineofthecableisontherightofthevertical
correspondingtothecalculatedIccmaxvalue.
B - Conductor non protected from overload (In > Iz)
Protectionofthecableisnotguaranteedbecausethe
circuitbreakerhasanInratedcurrenthigherthanthe
loadoftheIzcable.Withthesespecifccables,itwillbe
necessarytoidentifythepointsafterwhichthespecifc
powerletthroughbythecircuitbreakerishigherthan
thepowerpermittedforthecable.Forthisreason,it
isthereforenecessarytotakeintoaccountboththe
maximumshortcircuitcurrent(Icc
max
)andtheminimum
shortcircuitcurrent(Icc
min
).Cableprotectionisguaranteed
iftheintersectionpointB,betweenthecircuitbreaker
powercurveandtheK
2
S
2
lineofthecable,isontheleft
oftheverticalcorrespondingtotheIccminvalue.TheIcc
min

valuecanbecalculatedusingtheformulasthatfollow.
Theyarevalidforcableswithsectionsupto95mm
2
For
cablesofbiggersections,orcablesinstalledinparallel,the
obtainedvaluemustbemultipliedbythecoeffcientslisted
onthetableitself.
Icc
min
= 0.8US (neutralnondistributed)

1.52L
Icc
min
= 0.8U0S (neutraldistributed)

1.5(1+m)L
where:U isthelinkedvoltage
U0 isthephasevoltage
S istheconductorsection
istheresistivityat20Coftheconductors
m istheratiobetweentheneutralandthephase
conductorresistance
L istheductlength
Protection
from short circuit
64 DESIGN CRITERIA 64
PROTECTION fROM SHORT CIRCUIT Of BUSBARS
Busbarsmustbeprotectedfromthermaland
electrodynamiceffectsduetohightransientcurrents
incaseofshortcircuit.
Protection from thermal effects
Toensureprotectionfromthermaleffects,itis
necessarytocheckthatthespecifcfeed-through
powerletthroughbythebusbarcircuitbreakerisnot
higherthanthespecifcfeed-throughpowerthatcan
besupportedbythebusbaritself.
Thefollowingconditionmustbemet:
I
2
t CB I
2
t BTS
Where:
I
2
tCBisthespecifcfeed-throughpowerofthecircuit
breakerinrelationtothemaximumIcc.
I
2
tBTSisthevalueofthespecifcpowerthatcan
besupportedbythebusbar,assuppliedbythe
manufacturer.
Protection against elettrodynamic effects
Thehighcurrentscirculatinginsideabusbarwhen
ashortcircuitoccurs,cangenerateelettrodynamic
stressesofsuchentitytocauseirreparable
deformationstothebusbaritself.Atthedesign
stage,itwillbenecessarytocheckthatthevalueof
thepeakcurrentletthroughbythecircuitbreaker
installedfortheprotectionofthebusbar,isloweror
equaltothevalueofthepeakcurrentwhichcanbe
supportedbythebusbar:
Ikp CB Ikp BTS

Where:
IkpCBisthepeakvalueoftheprotectioncircuit
breakersinrelationtothemaximumIcc.
IkpBTSisthemaximumpeakcurrentvaluethat
canbesupportedbythebusbar(seetablesonthe
followingpages).
Critical currents
Ifthethermalmagneticcircuitbreakerdoesnot
protecttheductformoverload,criticalovercurrents
canresult,belowthemagnetictrippingthresholdof
thecircuitbreaker,thatmaydamagethecable.For
lengthsoftimeofapproximatelyonesecond,such
situationscannotbecheckedusingthefollowing
inequality:
I
2
t > K
2
S
2
Criticalcurrentsareallthosecurrentvaluesfalling
withintheintervalB-B1showninthefgure.These
aretheintersectionpointsbetweenthetwocurves
compared.
ThecableisappropriatelyprotectedonlyiftheIccmin
shortcircuitcurrentishigherthanthemax.correct
current,whichis,ifitfallsattherightofpointB.
I
2
t circuit breaker diagram
I
2
t cable diagram
<VVf[begV\eVh\gVheeXag
5$
5
Ve\g\VT_
VheeXagf
<g
%
=
b
h
_
X

\
a
g
X
Z
e
T
_
>

F
%
%
Critical
currents
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
65 GENERAL fEATURES 65
Specifc feed-through power
and peak currents of Zucchini busbars
Type Size Number of AL/CU phase I
2
t neutral I
2
t earth I
2
t Phase peak Neutral peak
conductors [(kA)
2
s] [(kA)
2
s] [(kA)
2
s] current (kA) current (kA)
LB 25 2, 4, 6 Cu 0.48 0.48 0.48 10 10
LB 40 2, 4, 6 Cu 0.73 0.73 0.73 10 10
HL 25 2, 4, 6, 8 Cu 0.64 0.64 0.64 10 10
HL 40 2, 4, 6, 8 Cu 1 1 1 10 10
SL 40 4 Cu 7.29 7.29 7.29 10 10
SL 63 4 Cu 7.29 7.29 7.29 10 10
MS 63 4 Al 5.29 5.29 5.29 10 10
MS 100 4 Al 20.25 20.25 20.25 10 10
MS 160 4 Cu 30.25 30.25 30.25 10 10
MR 160 4 Al 112.5 67.5 67.5 30 18
MR 250 4 Al 312.5 187.5 187.5 52.5 31.5
MR 315 4 Al 625 375 375 52.5 31.5
MR 400 4 Al 900 540 540 63 37.8
MR 500 4 Al 900 540 540 63 37.8
MR 630 4 Al 1296 777.6 777.6 75.6 45.4
MR 800 4 Al 1296 777.6 777.6 75.6 45.4
MR 250 4 Cu 312.5 187.5 187.5 52.5 31.5
MR 315 4 Cu 312.5 187.5 187.5 52.5 31.5
MR 400 4 Cu 900 540 540 63 37.8
MR 630 4 Cu 1296 777.6 777.6 75.6 45.4
MR 800 4 Cu 1296 777.6 777.6 75.6 45.4
MR 1000 4 Cu 1296 777.6 777.6 75.6 45.4
SCP 630 4 Al 1296 1296 778 76 47
SCP 800 4 Al 1764 1764 1058 88 55
SCP 1000 4 Al 2500 2500 1500 110 66
SCP 1250 4 Al 5625 5625 3375 165 99
SCP 1600 4 Al 6400 6400 3840 176 106
SCP 2000 4 Al 6400 6400 3840 176 106
SCP 2500 4 Al 22500 22500 13500 330 198
SCP 3200 4 Al 25600 25600 15360 352 211
SCP 4000 4 Al 25600 25600 15360 352 211
SCP 800 4 Cu 2025 2025 1215 95 56
SCP 1000 4 Cu 2500 2500 1500 110 66
SCP 1250 4 Cu 3600 3600 2160 132 80
SCP 1600 4 Cu 7225 7225 4335 187 112
SCP 2000 4 Cu 7744 7744 4646 194 116
SCP 2500 4 Cu 7744 7744 4646 194 116
SCP 3200 4 Cu 28900 28900 17340 374 224
SCP 4000 4 Cu 30976 30976 18586 387 232
SCP 5000 4 Cu 30976 30976 18586 387 232
HR 1000 4 Al 1600 1600 960 84 50.4
HR 1250-1600 4 Al 2500 2500 1500 105 63
HR 2000 4 Al 3600 3600 2160 132 79.2
HR 2250 4 Al 4900 4900 2940 154 92.4
HR 2500 4 Al 8100 8100 4860 198 118.8
HR 3200 4 Al 8100 8100 4860 198 118.8
HR 4000 4 Al 8100 8100 4860 198 118.8
HR 4500 4 Al 10000 10000 6000 220 132
HR 1000 4 Cu 1600 1600 960 84 50.4
HR 1250 4 Cu 2500 2500 1500 105 63
HR 1600 4 Cu 2500 2500 1500 105 63
HR 2000 4 Cu 3600 3600 2160 132 79.2
HR 2500 4 Cu 4900 4900 2940 154 92.4
HR 3000 4 Cu 8100 8100 4860 198 118.8
HR 3200 4 Cu 8100 8100 4860 198 118.8
HR 4000 4 Cu 8100 8100 4860 198 118.8
HR 5000 4 Cu 10000 10000 6000 220 132
MTS 63 5 Cu 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
TS5 70 5 Cu 81 81 81 15.3 15.3
TS5 110 5 Cu 81 81 81 15.3 15.3
TS5 150 5 Cu 81 81 81 15.3 15.3
TS 250 4 Cu 121 121 121 18.7 18.7
66 DESIGN CRITERIA 66
Limitation
curves
LIMITATION CURVES
Theshortcircuitcurrentestimatedintheoretical
conditions,byreplacingeachpoleofthecircuit
breakerwithaconductorwithnegligibleimpedance,
wouldhavethetrendshowninthefgure.
Ontheotherhand,eachcircuitbreakerhasitsown
powerlimitationcapacitywhichcausestheactual
currenttrendtobedifferent.Thiscapabilityis
indicatedbyacurvecalledlimitationcurve,which,
forthedifferentvaluesofexpectedshortcircuit
current(expressedaseffcientvalue),indicatesthe
correspondingcrestvalueIp(kA)ofthecurrentlimited
bythecircuitbreaker.Installingcircuitbreakerswith
highlimitationcapacityisundoubtedlyanadvantage
intermsofequipmentprotection.Thethermaleffects
arebasicallyreduced,withaconsequentialreduction
ofcableoverheating,aswellasmechanicaland
electromagneticimpacts.Installinglimitingcircuit
breakers,alsomeansimprovingselectivityandback-
upduringcoordinationamongseveraldevices.In
theabsenceofbreaking,thecrest(orpeak)value
dependsontheshortcircuitcurrent,thepowerfactor
andtheconnectionangleoftheshortcircuititself.
InaccordancewiththeIEC60947-2standard,the
limitationcurvesshowtheIp/Iccvaluestakinginto
accountthecosccpowerfactor.
1
S
2
J
4
1
1
S
2
J
4
2
1
S
2
J
4
J
1

|P (lA)
1 2

J 4 S 2 1
1
J 4 S 1
2
|cc (lA)

.9

.8

./

.S

.J

.2
S

.2
HA
HP
H|
estimated trend
real trend
LIMITATION CURVES IN
ACCORDANCE WITH
IEC 60898
TheIEC60898standarddefnes
threelimitationclasses,bywhich
circuitbreakerscanbesubdivided,
andwhichrepresentthespecifc
feed-throughpowerlimitation
capacityofeachcircuitbreaker.
TheIEC60947-2standarddoes
notdefneanylimitationcurves
forcircuitbreakersforindustrial
applications.Nopowervaluesare
defnedforstandardcurrentshigher
thantheonesshownonthetable.
Permitted values of I
2
t let-through for circuit breakers with rated current
up to 16A included

Power classes
1 2 3
Icm (A) I
2
t max. (A
2
s) I
2
t max. (A
2
s) I
2
t max. (A
2
s)
B-C type B type C type B type C type
3000 31000 37000 15000 18000
4500 60000 75000 25000 30000
6000 100000 120000 35000 42000
10000 240000 290000 70000 84000
Permitted values of I
2
t let-through for circuit breakers with rated current > 16A
and up to 32A included
Power classes
1 2 3
Icm (A) I
2
t max. (A
2
s) I
2
t max. (A
2
s) I
2
t max. (A
2
s)
B-C type B type C type B type C type
3000 40000 50000 18000 22000
4500 80000 100000 32000 39000
6000 130000 160000 45000 55000
10000 310000 370000 90000 110000
No limits
are specifed
No limits
are specifed
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
67 GENERAL fEATURES 67
t1
t0
t2
IP
IPL
= C
IP
IPL
.2S ./S 1 1.2S .S
.1
.2
.J
.4
.S
.6
./
.8
.?
1
J rs
2 rs
1.S rs
1. rs
.S rs
.2 rs
C
K
ieoiclir tires
Limitation
of the peak
current
= K
Va
V
t0
t2
Va
V
Relation between
Va peak voltage
and maximum value
of the power line
voltage V
The C limitation current in relation to the pre-arching time and the arch voltage
LIMITATION COEffICIENT fOR AUTOMATIC
THERMAL MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Afterthepre-archingtime,allautomaticshortcircuit
breakingdevices(automaticcircuitbreakersand
fuses),introduceanarchresistance,whichalready
fromthefrsthalf-wavepreventstheIPpeakvalue
frombeingreached.ThelimitationcoeffcientC
ofthedeviceistheratiobetweentheactualpeak
currentIPLandtheestimatedpeakcurrentIP.
ThelimitationcoeffcientCisdirectlyproportionalto
thepre-archingtimeandinverselyproportionalto
thearchvoltage.
Fromthediagramquantifyingthisphenomenon,
itispossibletodeductthatalsostandardcircuit
breakerswithlongpre-archingtimes(3ms)and
lowarchingvoltages(25%ofthelinemaxV)have
limitationcoeffcientaround0.8(whichis,theylimit
approximately20%oftheestimatedpeakcurrent).
Latestgenerationlimitingcircuitbreakerscanhave
pre-archingtimesoflessthan1msandhigharch
voltages,givinglimitationcoeffcientslowerthan0.2.
Thismeansthatanestimatedpeakcurrentof10kA
(correspondingtoanIccof6kA)islimitedatC=2
kAonly(correspondingtoanIccof1.5kA).
C =
IP
IPL
Limitation
curves
68 DESIGN CRITERIA 68
Protected sections based on short intentional
time delays with selective circuit breakers
MEGATIKERMccbsandMEGABREAKAcbshavea
variabletimedelays,from0to300ms(MEGATIKER),
andfrom0to1s(MEGABREAK).Thespecifcfeed-
throughpowercanbecalculatedusingthefollowing
relation:
whereIccistheestimatedshortcircuitcurrent,andt
thetotalcut-offtime.
Type of line Estimated short circuit current in kA
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70
PVC insulated cable 70 95 120 150 185 185 240 240 300 2x185 2x185
G2 rubber insulated cable 50 70 95 120 150 185 185 240 240 2x150 2x150
G5 rubber insulated cable 50 70 95 120 150 150 185 240 240 2x150 2x150
copper busbars 38 57 76 95 114 133 152 171 190 228 266
Type of line Estimated short circuit current in kA
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70
PVC insulated cable 50 70 95 95 120 150 150 185 185 240 300
G2 rubber insulated cable 35 50 70 95 120 120 150 150 185 185 240
G5 rubber insulated cable 35 50 70 95 95 120 120 150 150 185 240
copper busbars 26 39 52 64 77 90 103 115 128 154 178
Type of line Estimated short circuit current in kA
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70
PVC insulated cable 25 35 50 70 70 95 95 120 120 150 185
G2 rubber insulated cable 25 35 50 50 70 70 95 95 120 120 150
G5 rubber insulated cable 25 35 50 50 70 70 95 95 95 120 150
copper busbars 16 24 32 40 48 56 65 72 81 97 113
Minimum sections protected for zero time delay (mm
2
)
Minimum sections protected for a 100 ms time delay (mm
2
)
Minimum sections protected for a 300 ms time delay (mm
2
)
I (t) [ ]
2
dt = Icc
2
t
0
t

Thefollowingtablesshowtheminimumprotected
sectionsforcoppercablesinsulatedwithPVC(K=
115),G2rubber(K=135),G5rubber(K=143)and
fornakedcopperbusbars(K=159).
Asfarasthebusbarsareconcerned,theKvalueis
theonethatcorrespondstoafnaltemperatureof
200C,validwhennotemperaturerelatedrisksareto
beexpected.
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
69 GENERAL fEATURES 69
Losses in busbars due
to the Joule effect
LossesduetotheJouleeffectarecausedbythe
busbarelectricresistance.
Thepowerlostistransformedinheat,and
contributestoheatingthebusbarandthe
environment.Thecalculationofthepowerlostisa
usefulparameter,forcorrectsizingofthebuildingair
conditioningsystem.
Three-phaseregimelossesare:
Pj = 3rtI
2
BL

1000
one-phase:
Pj = 2rtI
2
BL

1000
where:
IB= Operatingcurrent(A)
rt= Phaseresistanceperlengthunitofthebusbar,
measuredatstandardthermalconditions(m/m)
L= Lengthofthebusbar(m)
Foranaccuratecalculation,thelossesmustbe
assessedsectionbysection,takingintoaccountthe
currentspassingthroughthesections;forexample,for
theloadsdistributionshownintheFigurewehave:
length current passing through losses
1
st
section L1 I1+I2+I3 P1=3rtL1(I1+I2+I3)
2
2
nd
section L2-L1 I2+I3 P2=3rt(L2-L1)(I2+I3)
2
3
rd
section L3-L2 I3 P3=3rt(L3-L2)(I3)
2
TotallossesinthebusbarPtot=P1+P2+P3
L1
L2
L3
L L L
l1 l3 l2
I1+I2+I3 I2+I3 I3
Connections among SCP Zucchini busbars
70 DESIGN CRITERIA 70
Selection of circuit breakers with
several transformers in parallel
SELECTION Of CIRCUIT BREAKERS fOR CIRCUITS
WITH 2 OR 3 TRANSfORMERS IN PARALLEL
Whenconnectingseveraltransformersinparallel,itis
necessarythatalltransformersbeingconnectedhave
thesameVdcandthesamenoloadconversionratio.
Theratiobetweenthepowersofthetransformers
mustnotexceed2.
BcircuitbreakerscanhaveanIculowerthantheCIcc,
providedtheyareassociatedtostandardcircuit
breakers,withwhichtheywillworkinback-up.
However,whenassociatedtoselectivecircuitbreakers,
theymusthaveanIcu>thanIcc.
Transformer power (kVA) 200 260 315 400 500 630 800
Icc max 1) (A) 14280 17800 22400 28300 35300 44200 38600
In transformers 1) (A) 290 360 456 580 720 910 1155
A1 and A2 type circuit breakers MA400 MA400 MA630 MA630ES MA630 MA630ES MA800 MA800ES MA1250ES MA1250ES
Icu of A1 and A2 (kA) 35 35 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
B circuit breaker MA125 MA125 ME125B ME160H ME125B ME160N ME125B MA160 MH160 MH160
(minimum valid size) 2) ME125B MA250 MH250 MH250
Transformer power (kVA) 200 260 315 400 500 630 800
Icc max 1) (A) 21420 26700 33600 42450 52950 66300 74400
In transformers 1) (A) 290 360 456 580 720 910 1155
A1-A2-A3 type circuit breakers MA400 MA400 MA630 MA630ES MA630 MA630ES MH800 ML12 ML12
Icu of A1-A2-A3 (kA) 35 35 50 50 50 50 70 70 70
B circuit breaker ME125B ME125B ME160N MA160 ME160N MH160 ME160H ML250 ML400
(minimum valid size) 2) MA250 MH250
Diagram for the coupling of the circuit breakers with 3 transformers Diagram for the coupling of the circuit breakers with 2 transformers
id
A1 A2
B B B
C
*
A1 A3
B B B
C
*
A2
id
Coupling of circuit breakers with 3 transformers
Coupling of the circuit breakers with 2 transformers
id
A1 A2
B B B
C
*
A1 A3
B B B
C
*
A2
id
1) Values relating to 400V three-phase systems.
2) All circuit breakers with higher Icu are obviously suitable.
Example with 2 transformers
Power of transformers = 400 kVA
Icc = 28300A
MA630 e ME125B = backup coordination
MA630ES e ME160N = selective coordination.
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
71 GENERAL fEATURES 71
SECTION CONTENTS
Thefollowingtableshowsthestartingcircuitbreaker
solutionsrecommendedfortheprotectionof
systemswithseveraltransformersinparallel.
Theshortcircuitcurrentvalueslistedinthetable
havebeencalculatedtakingintoaccountthe
infnitepowerupstreamthetransformers,whilst
notconsideringboththecontributionsfromthe
devicesinstalleddownstreamthetransformers,
Pa In Vcc Icc0 Transformer secondary Icc1 Starting circuit breakers
(kVA) (A) % (kA) circuit breaker (kA) 125 160 250 400 630 800 1250
1 transformer
50 72 4 1.8 MA125 - ME125B 1.8 MA125
100 144 4 3.6 MA160 - ME160B 3.6 MA125 ME160B
160 231 4 5.8 MA250 5.8 MA125 ME160B MA250
250 361 4 9.1 MA400 - MA400E 9.1 MA125 ME160B MA250 MA400E
315 455 4 11.4 MA630E - MA630 11.4 MA125 ME160B MA250 MA400E MA630E
400 577 4 14.4 MA630ES - MA630 14.4 MA125 ME160B MA250 MA400E MA630E
500 722 4 18 MA800ES - MA800 18 ME125B ME160B MA250 MA400E MA630E MA800
630 909 4 22.7 MA1250ES - MA1250 22.7 ME125B ME160B MA250 MA400E MA630E MA800 MA1250
800 1154 6 19.3 MA1250ES - MA1250 19.3 ME125B ME160B MA250 MA400E MA630E MA800 MA1250
1250 1804 6 30 MH20 30 ME125N ME160N MA250 MA400E MA630E MA800 MA1250
1600 2310 6 38 MH25 38 ME160H MH250 MH400E MH630E MH800 MH1250
2000 2887 6 48 MH32 48 MH250 MH400E MH630E MH800 MH1250
2500 3608 6 60.1 MH40 60.1 MH250 MH400E MH630E MH800 MH1250
2 transformers
50 72 4 1.8 MA125 - ME125B 3.6 MA125
100 144 4 3.6 MA160 - ME160B 7.2 MA125 ME160B
160 231 4 5.8 MA250 11.6 MA125 ME160B MA250
250 361 4 9.1 MA400 - MA400E 18.2 MA125 ME160B MA250 MA400E
315 455 4 11.4 MA630E - MA630 22.8 MA125 ME160B MA250 MA400E MA630E
400 577 4 14.4 MA630ES - MA630 28.8 MA125 ME160B MA250 MA400E MA630E
500 722 4 18 MA800ES - MA800 36 ME125N ME160N MA250 MA400E MA630E MA800
630 909 4 22.7 MA1250ES - MA1250 45.4 ME160H MH250 MH400E MH630E MA800 MA1250
800 1154 6 19.3 MA1250ES - MA1250 38.6 ME160H MH250 MH400E MH630E MA800 MA1250
1000 1443 6 24 MA1600ES 48 ME160H MH250 MH400E MH630E MA800 MA1250
1250 1804 6 30 MH20 60 MH160 MH250 MH400E MH630E MH800 MH1250
1600 2310 6 38 MH25 76 ML250 ML400E ML630E ML800 ML1250
2000 2887 6 48 MH32 96 ML250 ML400E ML630E ML800 ML1250
3 transformers
50 72 4 1.8 MA125 - ME125B 5.4 MA125
100 144 4 3.6 MA160 - ME160B 10.8 MA125 ME160B
160 231 4 5.8 MA250 17.4 ME125B ME160B MA250
250 361 4 9.1 MA400 - MA400E 27.3 ME125N ME160N MA250 MA400E
315 455 4 11.4 MA630E - MA630 34.2 ME125N ME160N MA250 MA400E MA630E
400 577 4 14.4 MA630ES - MA630 43.2 ME160H MH250 MH400E MH630E
500 722 4 18 MA800ES - MA800 54 MH160 MH250 MH400E MH630E MH800
630 909 4 22.7 MA1250ES - MA1250 68.1 MH160 MH250 MH400E MH630E MH800 MH1250
800 1154 6 19.3 MA1250ES - MA1250 58 MH160 MH250 MH400E MH630E MH800 MH1250
1000 1443 6 24 MA1600ES 72 ML250 ML400E ML630E ML800 ML1250
1250 1804 6 30 MH20 90 ML250 ML400E ML630E ML800 ML1250
suchasasynchronousmotors,alternatorsetc.,and
theimpedancesofthetransformer-distribution
boardanddistributionboard-subdistributionboard
connectionbusbars.
Inanycase,thetableistobeconsideredas
indicative,becauseduringthedesignofsystems,
furtherconsiderationsmustalsobemadeon
selectivityorback-upcoordination.
Selection of circuit breakers with
several transformers in parallel
72 DESIGN CRITERIA 72
SECTION CONTENTS
74 Reactivepowercompensationinlowvoltage
REACTIVE ENERGY
COMPENSATION
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
73 CONTENTS
- impedance angle before compensation
1 - impedance angle after compensation
I - non-compensation apparent current
I1 - compensation apparent current
Ic - capacitive current
Ib - residual inductive current (after compensation)
Inanalternatecurrentelectricsystem,thepower
actuallyusedbytheuser(activepower)forthe
operationofthemachine,isonlyonepartofthe
powerdeliveredbytheDistributionCompany.
Anotherpartofthispower(reactivepower),isIn
factusedtocreatethemagneticfeldneededforthe
operationofthepoweredusers.
Thepowerswithinanelectricsystemsarethe
following:
Active power P (kW)
Istheactualpowerusedbytheloadspowered,for
thedevelopmentofmechanicorthermalpower.
P = V x I x cos (kW)
Reactive power Q (kVAR)
Isthepowerusedbythemagneticcircuitoftheuser
units,tocreatethemagneticfeldneededfortheir
operation(motors,transformersetc.)
Q = V x I x sen (kVAR)
Apparent power Pa (kVA)
Isthepowerconsumedbytheuserequipment.
Pa = P
2
+ Q
2
= V x I
POWER fACTOR
Thepowerfactorofanelectricsystemistheratio
betweentheactivepowerPactuallydeliveredand
theapparentpowerPAconsumedbytheload.

Thepowerfactorrepresentstheperformanceofthe
electricsystem.Itcanvaryfromthezerovaluetothe
unitvalue,dependingonthedisplacementbetween
currentandvoltage.Ensuringthatthepowerfactor
remainsclosetotheunit(between0.9and1),
providesgreatadvantagessuchas:
eliminationoffnancialburdensduetothe
penalties,appliedbytheDistributionCompany,in
caseofexcessiveconsumptionofreactivepower
(cos <di0.9).
reductionofcurrentvalues,andthereforelimitation
ofcableactivepowerlossesduetotheJouleeffect.
reductionofthecablesection.
improvementofequipmentperformance,dueto
higherutilisationofactivepoweronsamesize
device(transformers,cablesetc.).
reductionoflinevoltagedrops(withequalcable
sections)
Cos =
Pa
P
REACTIVE POWER COMPENSATION
Inindustrialsystems,thepresenceofloadswitha
highreactivecomponentnormallyresultsinapower
factorsensiblylowerthantheunit.
Itisthereforenecessarytoensurethecompensation
ofthereactivepowerconsumedbytheusers,by
installingbatteriesofcapacitors,whichwilltakea
phasedisplacedcurrentinadvance(approx.90%)of
thevoltagefromtheline.
Theinclusionofreactivepowerofasignoppositeto
theoneconsumedbytheusers,causesanincrease
ofthepowerfactorvalue.Thisisduetothedecrease
oftheimpedanceanglebetweenvoltageand
current.
Reactive power compensation
in low voltage
I
I1
Ic
Ib
Ic
V
1
74 DESIGN CRITERIA 74
COMPENSATION SYSTEMS
Therearemanyreactivepowercompensation
systems(powerfactorcorrection).Inordertoselect
themostsuitableone,oneneedstotakeinto
accountthetypeofdistribution(natureandpower
oftheloads),thedailyloadsvariationlevels,the
qualityoftheservicethatneedstobeensured,
andthetechnicalandfnancialobjectives.Thebest
compensationintechnicalterms,consistsinsupplying
reactivepowerdirectlyatthepointwherethisis
needed,inthequantitythatisstrictlynecessaryfor
thepowereduser.However,thissolutionisnotvery
viableduetoeconomicconstraints.Thechoiceamong
thepossiblealternativesmusttakeintoaccountthe
totalcostofthebatterytobeinstalled,theneeds
formodulationofthereactivepowertobesupplied,
thecomplexityandreliabilityofthepowerfactor
correctionsystemtobeinstalled.Inpracticalterms,
compensationsystemscanbeofthefollowingtypes:
a)distributed
b)centralised
c)mixed
Distributed compensation
Powerfactorcorrectioncapacitorsareinstallednear
eachuserneedingreactivepower.
Thissolutionisrecommendedforsystemswhere
mostofthereactivepowerisconcentratedinafew
highpoweruserswithbasicallycontinuousactivityat
reducedload.
Thecapacitorsareswitchedonandoffatthesame
timeastheloadandareprotectedbythesameline
protectiondevices.
Thistypeofcompensationhastheadvantageof
reducingtheexistingcurrent,allowingforsmaller
sectioncablesandcausinglowerlevelsoflossesdue
totheJouleeffect.
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
75 GENERAL fEATURES 75
Reactive power compensation
in low voltage
Centralised compensation
Thepowerfactorcorrectionbatteryofcapacitors
isconnectedupstreamallloads,inthedistribution
boardornearthesame.
Thissolutionisadvantageouswithsmallsizesystems
withstableandcontinuousloads,orsystemswith
heterogeneousloadsandoccasionaloperation.
Inthefrstcase,thebatteryofcapacitorsisalways
on,adaptingtheactualequipmentneeds(kW)tothe
contractualapparentpower(kVA),withlowercosts
whencomparedtoadistributedtypecompensation.
Inthesecondcase,withanextremelyvariabletype
ofreactivepowerconsumptionduetothefeatures
oftheloads,themosteffectivesolutionistheone
withautomaticstep-by-stepregulation.Thebattery
ofcapacitorsissubdividedforseveralgroups,which
connectionisautomaticallymanaged,basedonthe
reactivepowerusedbytheloads.
Mixed compensation
Thistypeofpowerfactorcorrectionisrecommended
insystemswithextendedlines,poweringuserswith
differentloadcapacityfeatures.
Theuserswiththemostpowerandthemost
continuousoperationarecompensateddirectlyorin
groups,whilealltheotherswithreducedloadand
discontinuousoperationarecompensatedbygroups
orbymeansofautomaticpowerfactorcorrection.
Inthiscase,automaticstep-by-stepcompensation
optimizesthepowerfactorofthewholesystem,
avoidingovercompensationswhichmayoccurdue
tohighloadvariationsofsomelargeusersdirectly
powerfactorcorrected.
76 DESIGN CRITERIA 76
DETERMINATION Of THE POWER Of CAPACITORS
Thepowerofthecapacitorsbatteryneeded
forensuringthepowerfactorcorrectionofthe
equipment,withacentralisedcompensationsystem,
dependsonthepoweroftheloadtobecorrected,
theinitialcosvalue,andtheneededcosvalue.
WithanactivepoweroftheusersdefnedasP
(kW),theQc(kVAR)powerofthebatteryof
capacitorstobeusedtomovethesystemfromthe
initialcos,tothedesired1value,canbeeasily
calculatedusingthekmultiplicationcoeffcient
showninthefollowingtable.
Thekvalueindicatesthepowerofthecapacitorsin
kvarforeachkWoftheload.
Qc = k x P (kVAR)
Pa apparent power before compensation
Pa1 apparent power after compensation
Q reactive power consumed by the loads of the line
Pa
Pa1
Qc
Q1
1

P
Q
RATED VOLTAGES AND REACTIVE POWER Of
THE CAPACITORS
Thereactivepowerthatthecapacitorsareable
todeliverchangesbasedonthevoltageandthe
frequencyatwhichtheyarepowered.Attherated
voltagevaluesofU1,andratedfrequencyvalue
ofF1,thereactivepowercorrespondstotherated
valueQn.
Withvoltagesandfrequenciesotherthantherated
value,thepowerthatcanbedeliveredcanbe
calculatedusingthefollowingformula:
Qc = Qn x x
InordertoobtainthereactivepowerQn,forthe
powerfactorcorrectionofequipmentpoweredwith
avoltagevalueU,itwillbenecessarytoinstalla
batteryofcapacitorswithratedpowerequalto:
Qn = Qc x

Inordertoensuretheoptimumchoiceona
technical/fnancialpointofyou,inrelationtothe
featuresofone-phaseconductorsoneshould
rememberthatwiththesamereactivepower
supplied,thecapacityusedinastarconnection
willbethreetimethecapacityusedinatriangle
connection.
APPLICATION EXAMPLE
Powerfactorcorrectionofanelectricsystemwith
thefollowingfeatures:
Activepowerinstalled:P=200kW
Three-phaselinewithvoltage:U=380V50Hz
Initialpowerfactor:cos=0.65
Requiredpowerfactor:cos=0.90
Typeofuser:
unevenloadswithveryvariableconsumption
Theproposedpowerfactorcorrectionisofthe
centralisedtype.Itincludesabatteryofcapacitors
subdividedthroughoutseveralgroups,withan
automaticconnectionproportionaltotheload
variationandthepowerfactor.
Bycrossingthecolumncorrespondingtothe
requestedcosof0.9,withthelinecorresponding
totheinitialcosof0.65,thekcoeffcientcanbe
identifed.Thekvalueobtainedis0.685.
Thebatteryofcapacitorstobeinstalledupstreamall
loads,shallhaveapowerof:
Qc = P x k = 200 x 0.685 = 137 kVAR
IfcapacitorswithratedvoltageU1equalto400V
areinstalled,theratedpowershallbe:
Qn = Qc x = 137 x = 151.8 kvar
U
U1
( )
2
2
F1 U1
F
(
U
)
380
400
U
U1
( ) ( )
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
77 GENERAL fEATURES 77
Reactive power compensation
in low voltage
Multiplication coeffcient k, for the calculation of the capacitors power (kvar/kW)
Initial cos Cos needed
0.8 0.85 0.9 0.91 0.92 0.93 0.94 0.95 0.96 0.97 0.98 0.99 1
0.40 1.557 1.669 1.805 1.832 1.861 1.895 1.924 1.959 1.998 2.037 2.085 2.146 2.288
0.41 1.474 1.605 1.742 1.769 1.798 1.831 1.860 1.896 1.935 1.973 2.021 2.082 2.225
0.42 1.413 1.544 1.681 1.709 1.738 1.771 1.800 1.836 1.874 1.913 1.961 2.022 2.164
0.43 1.356 1.487 1.624 1.651 1.680 1.713 1.742 1.778 1.816 1.855 1.903 1.964 2.107
0.44 1.290 1.421 1.558 1.585 1.614 1.647 1.677 1.712 1.751 1.790 1.837 1.899 2.041
0.45 1.230 1.360 1.501 1.532 1.561 1.592 1.626 1.659 1.695 1.737 1.784 1.846 1.988
0.46 1.179 1.309 1.446 1.473 1.502 1.533 1.567 1.600 1.636 1.677 1.725 1.786 1.929
0.47 1.130 1.260 1.397 1.425 1.454 1.485 1.519 1.532 1.588 1.629 1.677 1.758 1.881
0.48 1.076 1.206 1.343 1.370 1.400 1.430 1.464 1.497 1.534 1.575 1.623 1.684 1.826
0.49 1.030 1.160 1.297 1.326 1.355 1.386 1.420 1.453 1.489 1.530 1.578 1.639 1.782
0.50 0.982 1.112 1.248 1.276 1.303 1.337 1.369 1.403 1.441 1.481 1.529 1.590 1.732
0.51 0.936 1.066 1.202 1.230 1.257 1.291 1.323 1.357 1.395 1.435 1.483 1.544 1.686
0.52 0.894 1.024 1.160 1.188 1.215 1.249 1.281 1.315 1.353 1.393 1.441 1.502 1.644
0.53 0.850 0.980 1.116 1.144 1.171 1.205 1.237 1.271 1.309 1.343 1.397 1.458 1.600
0.54 0.809 0.939 1.075 1.103 1.130 1.164 1.196 1.230 1.268 1.308 1.356 1.417 1.559
0.55 0.769 0.899 1.035 1.063 1.090 1.124 1.156 1.190 1.228 1.268 1.316 1.377 1.519
0.56 0.730 0.865 0.996 1.024 1.051 1.085 1.117 1.151 1.189 1.229 1.277 1.338 1.480
0.57 0.692 0.822 0.958 0.986 1.013 1.047 1.079 1.113 1.151 1.191 1.239 1.300 1.442
0.58 0.665 0.785 0.921 0.949 0.976 1.010 1.042 1.076 1.114 1.154 1.202 1.263 1.405
0.59 0.618 0.748 0.884 0.912 0.939 0.973 1.005 1.039 1.077 1.117 1.165 1.226 1.368
0.60 0.584 0.714 0.849 0.878 0.905 0.939 0.971 1.005 1.043 1.083 1.131 1.192 1.334
0.61 0.549 0.679 0.815 0.843 0.870 0.904 0.936 0.970 1.008 1.048 1.096 1.157 1.299
0.62 0.515 0.645 0.781 0.809 0.836 0.870 0.902 0.936 0.974 1.014 1.062 1.123 1.265
0.63 0.483 0.613 0.749 0.777 0.804 0.838 0.870 0.904 0.942 0.982 1.030 1.091 1.233
0.64 0.450 0.580 0.716 0.744 0.771 0.805 0.837 0.871 0.909 0.949 0.997 1.058 1.200
0.65 0.419 0.549 0.685 0.713 0.740 0.774 0.806 0.840 0.878 0.918 0.966 1.007 1.169
0.66 0.388 0.518 0.654 0.682 0.709 0.743 0.775 0.809 0.847 0.887 0.935 0.996 1.138
0.67 0.358 0.488 0.624 0.652 0.679 0.713 0.745 0.779 0.817 0.857 0.905 0.966 1.108
0.68 0.329 0.459 0.595 0.623 0.650 0.684 0.716 0.750 0.788 0.828 0.876 0.937 1.079
0.69 0.299 0.429 0.565 0.593 0.620 0.654 0.686 0.720 0.758 0.798 0.840 0.907 1.049
0.70 0.270 0.400 0.536 0.564 0.591 0.625 0.657 0.691 0.729 0.769 0.811 0.878 1.020
0.71 0.242 0.372 0.508 0.536 0.563 0.597 0.629 0.663 0.701 0.741 0.783 0.850 0.992
0.72 0.213 0.343 0.479 0.507 0.534 0.568 0.600 0.634 0.672 0.712 0.754 0.821 0.963
0.73 0.186 0.316 0.452 0.400 0.507 0.541 0.573 0.607 0.645 0.685 0.727 0.794 0.936
0.74 0.159 0.289 0.425 0.453 0.480 0.514 0.546 0.580 0.618 0.658 0.700 0.767 0.909
0.75 0.132 0.262 0.398 0.426 0.453 0.487 0.519 0.553 0.591 0.631 0.673 0.740 0.882
0.76 0.105 0.235 0.371 0.399 0.426 0.460 0.492 0.526 0.564 0.604 0.652 0.713 0.844
0.77 0.079 0.209 0.345 0.373 0.400 0.434 0.466 0.500 0.538 0.578 0.620 0.687 0.829
0.78 0.053 0.182 0.319 0.347 0.374 0.408 0.440 0.474 0.512 0.552 0.594 0.661 0.803
0.79 0.026 0.156 0.292 0.320 0.347 0.381 0.413 0.447 0.485 0.525 0.567 0.634 0.776
0.80 0.130 0.266 0.294 0.321 0.355 0.387 0.421 0.459 0.499 0.541 0.608 0.750
0.81 0.104 0.240 0.268 0.295 0.329 0.361 0.395 0.433 0.473 0.515 0.582 0.724
0.82 0.078 0.214 0.242 0.269 0.303 0.335 0.369 0.407 0.447 0.489 0.556 0.698
0.83 0.052 0.188 0.216 0.243 0.277 0.309 0.343 0.381 0.421 0.463 0.530 0.672
0.84 0.026 0.162 0.190 0.217 0.251 0.283 0.317 0.355 0.395 0.437 0.504 0.645
0.85 0.136 0.164 0.191 0.225 0.257 0.291 0.329 0.369 0.417 0.478 0.620
0.86 0.109 0.140 0.167 0.198 0.230 0.264 0.301 0.343 0.390 0.450 0.593
0.87 0.083 0.114 0.141 0.172 0.204 0.238 0.275 0.317 0.364 0.424 0.567
0.88 0.054 0.085 0.112 0.143 0.175 0.209 0.246 0.288 0.335 0.395 0.538
0.89 0.028 0.059 0.096 0.117 0.149 0.183 0.230 0.262 0.309 0.369 0.512
0.90 0.031 0.058 0.089 0.121 0.155 0.192 0.234 0.281 0.341 0.484
OPERATION WITH CAPACITIVE LOADS
TheIEC70standardacceptsthateachbatteryof
capacitorscanconstantlywithstanda30%overload
causedbyharmoniccurrents.Asaconsequence,the
powersupplycablesandthedrivingandprotection
devicesmustbeoversized.Inadditiontothe
presenceofharmonics,itmustalsobeconsidered
thata+10%toleranceontherealcapacityvalueis
alsoallowed.Thismeansthattheratedcurrentof
thecircuitbreakermustbeatleast1.43timesthe
ratedcurrentofthebattery.Overloadprotectionis
notnecessarywhentheuserscannotbeoverloaded.
Inselectingtheshortcircuitprotectiondevices,itis
importantthatthehightransientcurrentsconsumed
duringstart-uparetakenintoaccount.
78 DESIGN CRITERIA 78
SELECTION Of SWITCHES fOR CAPACITORS
POWER LINES
Thecontrolandprotectioncircuitbreakersofthe
powerfactorcorrectionbatteriesofcapacitorsmust
meetthefollowingconditions:
guaranteethestabilityoftheinstantaneous
protection(magnetic)againsttransientcurrents
occurringduringtheconnectionofthebattery.
withstandanyovercurrentsduetothepresence
ofvoltageharmonicsintheline(+30%),and
thetoleranceontheratedcapacitydataofthe
capacitors(+10%).
Themaximumcurrentforthesizingofthecircuit
ofacapacitorisequalto1.43timesthecapacitors
ratedcurrent.
musthaveabreakingcapacitysuitableforthefault
level(shortcircuit)expectedinthesystem.
Theautomaticcircuitbreakersusedmusthave
highinstantaneousbreakingcapacity(magnetic)
curvesandInratedcurrentequalorhigherthan
1.43Ic(Icisthecurrentconsumedbythebatteryof
capacitorsatthesystemvoltagevalueU).
SECTION Of POWER SUPPLY CABLES
Thesectionofthecablestobeusedforthepowering
ofthebatteryofcondensersmustbecapableof
withstandingacurrentIB=1.43Ic.
Thisisrecommended,totakeintoaccountboththe
harmoniccomponentswhichmaybepresent,+30%,
andthetoleranceontheratedvalueofthecapacityof
thecapacitors,+10%.
IB = 1.3 x 1.1 . Ic = 1.43 Ic
IBmaximumcurrentusedbythebatteryof
capacitors
Ic currentusedbythebatteryofcapacitorsatthe
systemvoltage
Three-phase line at 230V a.c. 50Hz Three-phase line at 400V a.c. 50Hz
Power of the In (A) Type of Power of the In (A) Type of
battery (kVAR) circuit breakers circuit breakers battery (kVAR) circuit breakers circuit breakers
5 20 MA/ME125 5 16 MA/ME125
7.5 25 MA/ME125 7.5 16 MA/ME125
10 40 MA/ME125 10 25 MA/ME125
15 63 MA/ME125 15 40 MA/ME125
20 100 MA/ME125 20 40 MA/ME125
25 100 MA/ME125 25 63 MA/ME125
30 125 MA/ME125 30 100 MA/ME125
35 125 MA/ME125 35 100 MA/ME125
40 160 MA/ME/MH160 40 100 MA/ME125
50 250 MA/MH/ML250 50 100 MA/ME125
60 250 MA/MH/ML250 60 125 MA/ME125
70 250 MA/MH/ML250 75 160 MA/MH160
80 320 MA/MH/ML400 90 250 MA/MH/ML250
90 320 MA/MH/ML400 100 250 MA/MH/ML250
100 400 MA/MH/ML400 110 250 MA/MH/ML250
110 400 MA/MH/ML400 120 250 MA/MH/ML250
120 500 MA/MH/ML630 135 320 MA/MH/ML400
135 500 MA/MH/ML630 150 320 MA/MH/ML400
140 500 MA/MH/ML630 160 400 MA/MH/ML400
150 630 MA/MH/ML630 180 400 MA/MH/ML400
175 630 MA/MH/ML630 190 400 MA/MH/ML400
180 800 MA/MH/ML800 200 500 MA/MH/ML630
200 800 MA/MH/ML800 225 500 MA/MH/ML630
240 1000 MA/MH/ML1250 240 500 MA/MH/ML630
275 1000 MA/MH/ML1250 275 630 MA/MH/ML630
300 1250 MA/MH/ML1250 300 630 MA/MH/ML630
360 800 MA/MH/ML800
400 1000 MA/MH/ML1250
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
79 GENERAL fEATURES 79
GLOSSARY AND
DEfINITIONS
80 DESIGN CRITERIA
82 Defnitionsandsizes
SECTION CONTENTS
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
81 CONTENTS
1
1
1
1
1
.1
.1
.1
t (s)
1l
1 J 2 4 S 1 2 J S 1 ./
|/|r
|r |rl |l |r1 |r2
Belowarethemostcommondefnitions,withashort
descriptionofwhattheymean.
AS distribution boards:distributionboardssubjected
toalltestsasrequiredbytheIEC60439Standard,or
correspondingtoafullytestedtype.
ANS distribution boards:madebyassembling
componentstestedusingtypetestswithcomponents
nottestedusingtypetests,butderivingfromtested
components.TheANSdistributionboardispartly
subjectedtotypetests,andpartlycheckedusing
calculations.
ASD distribution boards:fullytesteddistribution
boards(AS)tobeusedbynontrainedpersonnel(e.g.
domesticenvironments).
ASC job site distribution boards:standardcombi-
nationsofoneormoreconversionorcircuitbreaking
deviceswiththeassociatedcontrol,metering,si-
gnalling,protectionoradjustmentdevices,including
allelectricandmechanicconnections,designedand
builttobeusedinjobsites.
Rated voltage of use (Ue)
Thisisthevoltagevalueamongthephases,which,
togetherwiththeratedcurrent,defnestheuseof
thedeviceitself.Forcircuitbreakersinaccordance
withIEC60898standard,thevoltagelimitissetto
440Va.c..ForthoseinaccordancewithIEC60947-2
standard,thelimitissetto1000Va.c.or1500Vd.c.
Rated insulating voltage (Ui)
Thisisthevoltagevaluedielectrictests,aswellas
safetydistancesandsurfaceinsulationdistances,
referto.
Undernocircumstances,cantheratedoperation
voltagebehigherthantheinsulatingvoltage.
Ifnoratedinsulatingvoltageisindicated,the
operationvoltagemustbetakeninstead.
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp)
Thisisthepeakvalueofanimpulsevoltagethatthe
devicecanwithstandwithoutincurringanydamage.
Thetestisperformedwiththecircuitbreakeropen,
checkingthattherearenodischargesbetween
contactsofthesamephase,orbetweenonephase
andthemass.
Rated current of use (In)
Thisisthefreeaircurrentvaluethatthedevice
cancarryduringuninterruptedservice.Fordevices
inaccordancewithIEC60898standard,thisvalue
cannotexceed125A.Nolimitsaresetforcircuit
breakersinaccordancewithIEC60947-2standard.
Standard non tripping current (Inf)
Istheovercurrentwithwhichtheopeningofa
thermalmagnetic(orelectronic)circuitbreakerdoes
notoccurwithinthestandardtime.
Standard tripping current (If)
Istheovercurrentwithwhichtheopeningofa
thermalmagnetic(orelectronic)circuitbreakerdoes
occurwithinthetimedelayindicatedintheoffcial
standards.
Standard Inf If Standard time
IEC 60898 1.13 In 1.45 In 1 hour for In 63A
2 hour for In > 63A
IEC 60947-2 1.05 In 1.3 In 1 hour for In 63A
2 hour for In > 63A
Defnitions
and sizes
82 DESIGN CRITERIA 82
Service breaking capacity during short circuit (Ics)
Thisisthemaximumshortcircuitcurrentvaluethat
thecircuitbreakercanbreakfollowingthetesting
sequenceO-t-CO-t-CO.Followingthetest,thecircuit
breakermustbecapableofoperatingcorrectly
duringopeningandclosing,ofguaranteeingoverload
protection,andmustbeableofcontinuouslycarrying
itsratedcurrent.
FordevicesinaccordancewithIEC60947-2standard,
thisvalueisexpressedinIcupercentage(%Icu),
choosingbetween25(cat.Aonly)-50-75-100%.
FordevicesinaccordantewithIEC60898standard,
thevaluemustbeinaccordancewiththefollowing
table,multiplyingIcnbytheKfactor.
Icn K Ics
6000A 1 Ics = Icn
> 6000A 0.75 Ics = 0.75 Icn
10000A (minimum value 6000A)
> 10000A 0.5 Ics = 0.5 Icn
(minimum value 7500A)
Ultimate breaking capacity during short circuit (Icu)
Thisisthemaximumshortcircuitcurrentvaluethat
thecircuitbreaker.inaccordancewithIEC60947-2.can
breakfollowingthetestingsequenceO-t-CO.
Followingthetest.thecircuitbreakermustbecapable
ofoperatingcorrectlyduringopeningandclosing.of
guaranteeingoverloadprotection.butcannotbeable
ofcontinuouslycarryingitsratedcurrent.
Rated short-circuit capacity (Icn)
Thisfollowsthesameconceptastheultimate
breakingcapacity.butforcircuitbreakersin
accordancewithIEC60898standard.Contrary
towhatdiscussedinthepreviouspoint.itisnot
requiredthatafterthetestthecircuitbreakeris
capableofcarryingaloadcurrent.FortheIEC60898
standard.amaximumIcnlimitof25kAisset.
Utilisation category A
ThistypeofclassifcationdefnedbytheIEC60947-
2standardenablessubdividingthecircuitbreakers
accordingtotwotypes,dependingontheircapacity
ofperformingchronometerselectivityduringshort
circuit.
Duetotheirconstructionandfeatures,classAcircuit
breakersarenotsuitableforperformingchronometer
selectivityduringshortcircuit.
Utilisation category B
Duetotheirconstructionandfeatures,classBcircuit
breakersaresuitableforperformingchronometer
selectivityduringshortcircuit.Theyareinfact
capableofinterveningontheshortcircuitwitha
intentionalfxedoradjustabletimedelay.
Thesecircuitbreakersmustbecapableof
withstandingtheIcwvaluessetbythestandard.
Rated short-time withstand current (Icw)
ThisisthecurrentthatthecategoryBcircuitbreaker
canwithstandforthewholetimedelayset,without
incurringanydamage.
Thepreferentialtimedelayssuggestedbythe
standardforIcwassessmentare0.05-0.1-0.25-0.5-1s.
Forthesetimedelayvalues,theminimumIcwvalues
ofthecircuitbreakersmustbeasindicatedinthe
tablethatfollows.
In 2500A Icw = the highest between 12 In and 5 kA
In > 2500A Icw = 30 kA
Rated closing capacity during short circuit (Icm)
Thisisthemaximumpeakvalueoftheestimated
currentinsetconditions.Itreferstoasetvoltageand
asetpowerfactor.
TherelationshipbetweenIcmandbreakingcapacity
duringshortcircuitisshowninthefollowingtable.
Pdi (kA) Power Minimum closing power
(rms value) factor factor value
Icu
4.5 < Icu 6 0.7 1.5
6 < Icu 10 0.5 1.7
10 < Icu 20 0.3 2.0
20 < Icu 50 0.25 2.1
50 < Icu 0.2 2.2
n =
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
83 83 GLOSSARY
B-C-D magnetic tripping curves
Thesearethethreemagnetictrippingthresholdsat
whichcircuitbreakerscanintervene,inaccordance
withIEC60898standard.
Curve Tripping Field of application
threshold
B 3-5 In Protection of generators
or extremely long cable
C 5-10 In Protection of cables and systems
powering standard users
D 10-20 In Protection of cables powering
users with high starting currents
K-Z-MA magnetic tripping curves
Thesecurvesaredefnedbythemanufacturerfora
certaintypeofcircuitbreakers,inaccordancewithIEC
60947-2standard.
Curve Tripping Field of application
threshold
Z 2.4-3.6 In Protection of electronic circuits
K 10-14 In Protection of cables powering
users with high starting currents
MA 12-14 In Protection of motor power lines
(without thermal protection)
1
1
1
.1
.1
.1
t(s)
|/|i
1 14
M0%!'&!)<a
>0$#$'<a
2.4 J.6
MA curve (magnetic only)
B - C - D curves K - Z curves
1
1
1
.1
.1
.1
t(s)
|/|i
1 2 S J
50&(<a
60($#<a
70$#%#<a
1
1
1
.1
.1
.1
t(s)
|/|i
12 14
Defnitions
and sizes
84 DESIGN CRITERIA 84
A type pulsating unidirectional 0.35 In 1.4* In also suitable
(6 mA direct current) for alternated
applied instantaneously current with
certain tripping
current equal to
1 In
AC type only alternate current 0.5 In 1 In not suitable
applied for pulsating
instantaneously unidirectional
current
6 mA
Type of earth Type of current Non tripping Certain tripping Notes
leakage device current current
only slowly increasing
alternate
current
Features of AC and A type earth leakage devices
150
6 mA
pulsating unidirectional 0.25 In 1.4* In
with 90 angle
* 2 In per I = 10 mA
pulsating unidirectional
(6 mA direct current)
increasing slowly
pulsating unidirectional 0.211 In 1.4* In
with 135 angle
Rated earth leakage tripping current (In)
Thisisthecurrentvalueassignedbythe
manufacturertoanearthleakagecircuitbreaker
thatmustoperateintheconditionsspecifedbythe
standards(IEC61008-1,IEC61009-1).
Rated earth leakage non tripping current (Ino)
Thisisthecurrentvalueassignedbythe
manufacturerandindicatedbythestandardsasthe
50%oftheIn,atwhichthecircuitbreakermustnot
tripintheconditionsdefnedbythestandarditself.
Rated closing and breaking earth leakage
capacity (Im)
Thevalueofthealternatecomponentoftheearth
leakagecurrentthattheearthleakagecircuitbreaker
canestablish,carryandbreakintheconditionsdefned
bytheapplicablestandards.Accordingtothestandards,
theminimumvalueaccordingtothestandardsmustbe
thehighestvaluebetween10Inand500A.
Rated conditional short circuit current (Inc)
Thistheshortcircuitcurrentvaluethatanearth
leakagecircuitbreaker,inaccordancewithIEC
61008-1,canwithstandwithoutjeopardisingits
performancewhencombinedwithanoverload
protectiondevice.
Rated conditional earth leakage short circuit
current (Ic)
Thisisaparameterthatreferstoearthleakagecircuit
breakerswithoutbuilt-inovercurrentreleasesin
AC type
Earthleakagedevicescapableofguaranteeing
protectionwithinstantlyappliedorslowlyincreasing
alternatefaultcurrents.
Duetotheirprotectioncurves,thesetypesofdevices
arewidelyusedindomesticapplicationsandthe
likes.
A type
Earthleakagedevicesguaranteeingthesametype
ofprotectionasACdevices,withtheadditionofalso
beingabletoprotectagainstalternatefaultcurrents
withpulsatingorunidirectionalcomponents.These
devicesarelargelyusedintheservice/industrial
sector,insystemswithelectronicdevicescapableof
generatingcontinuousdangerouscomponents.
S type
Selectiveortimedelayearthleakagedevicesthat
maybelongtoeithertheAorACtype,offering
thepossibilityofadelayedactionincomparisonto
standardtypeearthleakagedevices(intentional
fxedoradjustable).Thesedevicesarewidelyused
asgeneralcircuitbreakersinsystemswhereearth
leakageselectivityisrequired.
S
accordancewithIEC61008-1standard.Itrepresents
theestimatedearthleakagecurrentvaluethat
theearthleakagecircuitbreaker,combinedwith
andprotectedbyanovercurrentprotectiondevice,
canwithstandwithoutanyalterationsthatmay
compromiseitsfunctionality.
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
85 85 GLOSSARY
SECTION CONTENTS
Rated peak current (Ipk):
maximumpeakvaluethateachshortcircuitmust
withstandtobeabletowithstandelectro-dynamic
stressesthatcouldoccurduringashortcircuitonthe
insulators,cableholdersandbusbars
Rated diversity factor according to
IEC 60439-1:
relationbetweenthehighestvalueofthesumofthe
effectivecurrentsthattransitatethroughthemain
outputcircuitsandthesumoftheirratedcurrents
Diversity factor (K) according to CEI 23-51*:
Coeffcienttobeappliedtooutputcircuitstoallow
forthepossibilitythatallconnectedloadsmaybe
usedatthesametime.
Room temperature (Rt):
Roomtemperatureforindoorinstallations.Theroom
temperaturemustnotexceed40C.Itsaverage
valueforaperiodof24hoursmustnotexceed35C.
Input rated current (Ine):
valueapplicableinaccordancewithCEI23-51
standard,calculatedbymultiplyingthecurrentor
sumofallratedcurrentsofallinputprotectionand
controldevicesthatareintendedtobeusedatthe
sametimebytheutilisationfactor(Ke).
Output rated current (Inu):
sumofallthenominalcurrentsofalloutput
protectionandcontroldevicesthatareintendedto
beusedatthesametime,asdefnedbyCEI23-51
standard.
Distribution board rated current (Inq):
lowestvaluebetweentheinputratedcurrent(Ine)
andtheoutputratedcurrent(Inu)defnedbythe
CEI23-51standard.Ifnoinputprotectionorcontrol
devicesarepresent,thedistributionboardrated
currentisidentifedwiththeoutputcurrent.
Effciency (Ke):
coeffcientdefnedbytheCEI23-51standard,which
takesintoaccounttheinstallationconditionsof
theprotectiondevicesanddistributionboardinput
operations,reducingtheirratedcurrentinorderto
ensureappropriateutilisation.
Effciency(Ke)isequalto0.85.
Power consumption of protection and operation
devices (Pdp):
sumofthepowerconsumptionoftheinputand
outputprotectiondevices:thepowerconsumedby
eachdeviceiscalculatedasfollows:
Pdi = (K*)2 x n x Ppwhere:
K* =KeforinputcircuitsandKforoutputcircuits;
n =no.ofactivepoles;
Pp =powerconsumptionforeachpoleasdeclared
bythemanufacturerofthedevice.
Maximum power consumption of the enclosure (Pinv):
maximumvalueofthepowerthatcanbe
consumedinsidetheenclosures,asdeclaredbythe
manufacturer,incompliancewithovertemperature
limitsandintheexpectedinstallationconditions.
Total distribution board power consumption (Ptot):
sumofthepowerconsumptionoftheprotectionand
controldevices(Pdp),increasedby20%toallowfor
connections,plugsockets,staircaselights,timers,
smalldevicesetc,andthepowerconsumptionofany
othercomponentsinstalledonthedistributionboard.
Thetotalpower(Ptot)iscalculatedasfollows:
Ptot = Pdp + 0.2xPdp + Pau
Legend
Pdp = power consumption of protection and operation devices in W,
calculated taking into account the Ke and K factors
0.2xPdp = increase percentage of the Ptot to allow for miscellaneous
connections
Pau = power in W of other components with signifcant losses (auxiliary
circuits)
Ke = effciency: it applies to input circuits and is equal to 0.85.
K = diversity factor it applies to output circuits and is calculated based
on the effective operating conditions, or implementing the values
suggested by the standard based on the number of circuits
Diversity factor according to IEC 60439-1

No. of main circuits Diversity factor (K)
2 and 3 0.9
4 and 5 0.8
from 6 to 9 included 0.7
10 (and more) 0.6
Defnitions
and sizes
86 DESIGN CRITERIA 86
* Note: CEI 23-51 is an Italian Standard
SECTION CONTENTS
BTDIN
88 Generalfeatures
96 Technicalinformation
111 Operationinparticularconditions
123 Selectionofcontactors
126 Protectionofilluminationcircuits
148 Interventioncurves
165 Dimensionaldata
DESIGN CRITERIA TECHNICALGUIDE
87 CONTENTS
BTDIN TECHNICALGUIDE
bTdiN:
modular devices
BTDIN is the modular range of DIN35 rail devices.
It includes:
Thermal magnetic Mcbs: for overcurrent protection
(short circuit and overload),
Combinable earth leakage modules: when
coupled with thermal magnetic Mcbs, they provide
integration of earth leakage protection,
Thermal
release
Mobile contact
Fixed contact
Magnetic
release
Cable and plug-in
terminal
Blow-out
cell
Thermal magnetic earth leakage Mcbs: one single
device for overcurrent protection and earth leakage
protection,
Simple earth leakage circuit breakers: earth leaka-
ge protection only.
CoNSTRUCTioN FEATURES
The whole BTDIN range features:
modular dimensions;
spring lock installation on DIN35 rail;
control for contemporary opening and closing on all
poles;
free release control;
no. of mechanical and electric operations 20000/10000;
temperature range -25/60C;
resistance to abnormal heat and fre according to IEC
60898 (glow wire test at 960C and at 650C);
insulation voltage 500V;
can be ftted with up to 3 accessories;
resistance to corrosion [C/RH]:
constant climate:23/83-40/93-55/20
variable climate:25/95-55/95;
mechanical shock resistance in the X-Y-Z directions:
(according to IEC 68.2.7 CEI 50-6);
resistance to vibrations according to IEC 68.8.35:
3g -10-55Hz duration 30.
88 bTdiN 88
Advantages
of the range
pLUG-iN TERmiNALS FoR TiFAST CombiNATioN
BTDIN Mcbs are ftted with pLUG-IN terminals for quick
connection to TIFAST distribution systems. Compared
with traditional connection methods, this system
reduces connection times and space requirements,
on distribution boards and inside cabinets, to the
minimum.
PLUG-IN type connection
CommoN ACCESSoRiES
The whole BTDIN range can be ftted with up to 3
accessories.
The various combinations include:
auxiliary contacts;
undervoltage releases;
shunt trips;
emergency releases.
As an alternative to the installation of auxiliary con-
tacts and releases, it is also possible to install motor
operators, remote controls, or SALVAVITA STOP&GO
reset kits.
STANdARdS
BTDIN devices have been manufactured in accordan-
ce with the specifc standards listed in the table.
Thanks to their construction features, BTDIN Mcbs
also comply with the current standards of the main
foreign countries.
Type of Mcbs Standard
Thermal magnetic Mcbs IEC 60898
Combinable earth leakage Mcbs IEC 61009-1
Monobloc thermal magnetic earth leakage circuit breakers IEC 61009-1
Simple earth leakage circuit breakers IEC 61008-1
Accessorised thermal magnetic earth leakage Mcb
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
89 GENERAL FEATURES 89
bTdiN: mcbs for overcurrent
protection
The range of BTDIN Mcbs includes
devices, manufactured in accordance
with IEC 60898 standard, with rated
Icn breaking capacity from 4.5 to 25
kA, and rated current from 0.5 to
125A.
The circuit breakers are available
with B, C, D, K, Z, MA magnetic
tripping curves.
STANdARdS ANd mARkS
Compliance with national and
international standards has also
enabled BTDIN Mcbs to obtain
several quality marks and approvals,
such as RINA approval (Registro
Italiano Navale) , for installation
on cruise ships, merchant vessels,
ferries and leisure craft.
28
LOVAG
Low Voltage
Agreement Group
Secretariat: ASTA
House Chestnut
Field Rugby, Warwickshire
UK CV21 2TL
United Kingdom
24
Consiliului Tehnic
Permanent pentru
Constructii
Romania
1
Istituto Italiano
del Marchio
di Qualit
Milan
Italy
Range of high performance BTDIN thermal magnetic Mcbs
8
Registro
Italiano
Navale
(Italian
Naval
Register)
Mcbs Intervention curves No. of poles In Icn (kA)
BTDIN45 C-B 1-4 0.5-63 4.5
BTDIN60 C-B-D 1-4 0.5-63 6
BTDIN100 C-B-D-Z-K 1-4 1-63 10
BTDIN100 (80-125A) C-D 1-4 80-125 10
BTDIN250 C 1-4 6-63 25
BTDIN250H C 1-4 25-63 25
BTDIN250 magnetic only 12-14 In 2-3 1.6-63 25
Range
90 90 bTdiN
Curves of thermal
magnetic releases
The IEC 60898 standard defnes three tripping
curves (B-C-D). These represent the magnetic
B curve
MA curve (magnetic only) Z curve K curve

C curve D curve

The range of modular BTDIN Mcbs is also available


with curves other than those defned by the IEC
60898 standard: K-Z and MA curves, as defned by the
manufacturer.
Curve Magnetic intervention threshold Typical use
B 3-5 In Generator protection and very long lines
C 5-10 In Standard system protection
D 10-20 In Protection of lines for users with high breakway starting currents
K 10-14 In Protection of lines for users with high breakway starting currents
Z 2.4-3.6 In Protection of electronic circuits
MA 12-14 In Protection of motor power lines (without thermal protection)
tripping threshold and identify the various felds of
application.
Magnetic intervention threshold
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
91 GENERAL FEATURES 91
bTdiN: SALvAviTA mcbs
for earth leakage protection
The range of BTDIN SALVAVITA Mcbs, includes of 3
types of devices:
Combinable earth leakage modules;
Monobloc thermal magnetic earth leakage circuit
breakers;
Earth leakage circuit breakers without overcurrent
releases (simple).
For all types, the range offers a wide selection of
rated currents, earth leakage currents and types of
protections.
*40/-:
Among the earth leakage circuit breakers without
overcurrent release, the new SALVAVITA ID4H range
includes A and AC type circuit breakers, with earth
leakage current of 0.03A, and rated currents of 25 and
40A.
An important feature of the new SALVAVITA, is the top
input and output connection. This enables side-by-side
installation and wiring with 1p+N thermal magnetic
Mcbs in 1 module.
3P combinable
earth leakage
module
Compact 4P thermal magnetic
earth leakage circuit breaker
Monobloc
thermal magnetic
earth leakage
circuit breaker
4P earth leakage
module for
BTDIN100
2P simple earth
leakage circuit
breaker
92 bTdiN 92
4P combinable
earth leakage
module
NEW SALvAviTA id4h
RANGE WiTh Top iN/oUT
CoNNECTioN
Comb for ID4H to 1P+N connection
in 1 Module
Integrated thermal
magnetic earth leakage
circuit breakers
Earth leakage circuit breakers
without overcurrent
releases (simple)
Combinable
earth leakage
modules
In 0.5-40 16-63 0.5-63 80-125
IDn 0.01-0.03 0.01-0.03-0.3-0.5 0.03-0.3-0.5-1 0.03-0.3-1
Type A-AC A-AC-AS A-AC-AS A-AC-AS
Poles 2-4 2-4 2-3-4 2-4
BTDIN100 combinable
earth leakage
modules
1
Istituto Italiano
del Marchio
di Qualit
Milan
Italy
STANdARdS
Circuit breakers and earth leakage modules have been
awarded the IMQ (Italian Quality Mark), in complian-
ce with their norms of reference, IEC 61008-1 and IEC
61009-1.
BTDIN60 4P thermal magnetic
circuit breaker
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
93 GENERAL FEATURES 93
SALvAviTA STop&Go:
service continuity
Lightning, electric disturbance and other external
occurrences, can damage the electric system, cutting
off the power supply of the house and putting the
essential circuits out of service.
An unwanted tripping of the general circuit breaker could
result in high costs, due to the lack of power supply
(freezer defrosting, alarm systems not working etc.).
In order to prevent this type of problems, and improve
System without SALVAVITA STOP&GO System ftted with SALVAVITA STOP&GO
94 bTdiN 94

the effciency and safety of the system, BTicino offers
the possibility of integrating the protection device with
an automatic reset of the system.
After checking the isolation status of the system,
SALvAviTA STop&Go reactivates the general circuit
breaker. If a fault is present, only the damaged section
of the system remains isolated.
SALvAviTA STop&Go has been awarded the IMQ-CSV
Italian quality mark.
Constant safety and
functionality guarantee
With SALvAviTA STop&Go, even the system
maintenance operations become much easier and
safer.
By moving the sectioning switch at the front of the
device to the oFF position, automatic closing of the
circuit breaker is prevented, providing the maximum
level of security during work on the line.
SALvAviTA STop&Go is also available with the BTest
function. Using an internal circuit, this function checks the
effciency of the earth leakage circuit, without the need
for the monthly trial button check.
SALvAviTA STop&Go also includes an audible/visual
device, which notifes any system faults that may be
present.
SALvAviTA STop&Go operates in
two ways:
1. UNWANTEd TRip:
The earth leakage circuit
breaker has tripped, but
no system fault has been
detected: SALvAviTA
STop&Go reinstates
the power supply and
guarantees service
continuity.
2. pERmANENT FAULT:
The earth leakage circuit breaker
has tripped, and SALvAviTA
STop&Go detects a system
fault: an audible-visual warning
is issued to notify the presence
of a fault, and the earth leakage
circuit breaker remains open to
ensure maximum safety.
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
95 GENERAL FEATURES 95

TEChNiCAL
iNFoRmATioN
96 bTdiN
98 Thermal magnetic Mcbs
106 Earth leakage thermal magnetic circuit breakers
109 Earth leakage modules
110 Earth leakage circuit breakers
114 Switch disconnectors
117 Relays
126 Contacts and shunt trips
131 SALVAVITA STop&Go
135 protection devices
137 Devices for command and control
138 Devices for signalling
140 Devices for timing command
145 Devices for measuring
SECTioN CoNTENTS
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
97 CoNTENTS
bTdiN45 - icn = 4.5 kA (iEC 60898)
thermal magnetic mcbs
Mcbs BTDIN45
Standards IEC 60898
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 500
Maximum operating voltage Umax (Va.c.) 440
Rated breaking capacity Icn (kA) IEC 60898 4.5
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Temperature range (C) -25-60
Max. no. of electrical/mechanical manoeuvres 10000/20000
Tripping curves CB (only 1P+N - 1 module)
Protection degree (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Resistance to vibrations (IEC 68.8.35 - CEI 50-6) 3g - 10-55Hz for 30 min.
Resistance to corrosion in constant climate (C/RH) 23/83 - 40/93 - 55/20
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to corrosion in variable climate (C/RH) 25/95 - 55/95
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to abnormal heat and fre (C) 650 - 960
(glow wire test)
Limitation class (IEC 60898) 3
Maximum no. of usable accessories 3
Section of fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 25/35 (10/16 - 1P+N 1 mod.)
Specifc features for BTDIN45 circuit breakers

Poles Modules Curve Ue (Va.c.) In (A)
1P 1 C 230/400 - - - - - 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 - - -
1P+N 1 B-C 230 0.5 1 2 3 4 6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 - -
1P+N 2 C 230 - - - - - 6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
2P 2 C 400 - - - - - 6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
3P 3 C 400 - - - - - 6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
4P 4 C 400 - - - - - 6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
Breaking capacity in AC

Icn (kA) IEC 60898 Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 0.5-20 25 32 40 50 63 0.5-20 25 32 40 50 63
230Va.c. 1P 4.5 4.5 4.5 - - - 6 6 6 - - -
1P+N-4P 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 6 6 6 6 6 6
400-440Va.c. 1P-4P 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 6 6 6 6 6 6
Note: The Ics values are equal to Icn values according to IEC 60898 standard and to Icu values according to IEC 60947-2 standard
Breaking capacity in DC

Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2 Ics (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 1P 2P 3P 4P 1P 2P 3P 4P
24-48Vd.c. 0.5-63 3 4.5 - - 3 4.5 - -
110Vd.c. 0.5-63 - 4.5 4.5 - - 4.5 4.5 -
230Vd.c. 0.5-63 - - - 4.5 - - - 4.5
Power consumption for each pole (W)

In (A) 0.5 1 2 3 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
1P+N 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.1 2.1 2.5 3 3.4 3.7 4.2 3.7 4.7 - -
1P-4P 1.4 2.1 2.1 2.4 2.5 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.7 2.4 3.1 4 4.5 5.5
98 bTdiN 98
Mcbs BTDIN60
Standards IEC 60898
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 500
Maximum operating voltage Umax (Va.c.) 440
Rated breaking capacity Icn (kA) IEC 60898 6
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Temperature range (C) -25-60
Max. no. of electrical/mechanical manoeuvres 10000/20000
Tripping curves B-C-D
Protection degree (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Resistance to vibrations (IEC 68.8.35 - CEI 50-6) 3g - 10-55Hz for 30 min.
Resistance to corrosion in constant climate (C/RH) 23/83 - 40/93 - 55/20
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to corrosion in variable climate (C/RH) 25/95 - 55/95
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to abnormal heat and fre (C) 650 - 960
(glow wire test)
Limitation class (IEC 60898) 3
Maximum no. of usable accessories 3
Section of fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 25/35 (10/16 - 1P+N 1 mod.)
Specifc features for BTDIN60 circuit breakers

Poles Modules Curve Ue (Va.c.) In (A)
1P 1 B-C-D 230/400 0.5* 1* 2* 3* 4* 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
1P+N 1 B-C 230 - - - - - 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 - -
1P+N 2 C 230 0.5* 1* 2* 3* 4* 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
2P 2 B-C-D 400 0.5* 1* 2* 3* 4* 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
3P 3 B-C-D 400 0.5* 1* 2* 3* 4* 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
4P 4 B-C-D 400 0.5* 1* 2* 3* 4* 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
* C curve only
Breaking capacity in AC

Icn (kA) IEC 60898 Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 0.5-20 25 32 40 50 63 0.5-20 25 32 40 50 63
230Va.c. 1P 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10
1P+N-4P 6 6 6 6 6 6 20 20 20 20 20 20
400-440Va.c. 1P-4P 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10
Note: The Ics values are equal to Icn values according to IEC 60898 standard to the 75% of Icu values according to IEC 60947-2 standard
Breaking capacity in DC

Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2 Ics (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 1P 2P 3P 4P 1P 2P 3P 4P
24-48Vd.c. 0.5-63 6 6 - - 6 6 - -
110Vd.c. 0.5-63 - 6 6 - - 6 6 -
230Vd.c. 0.5-63 - - - 10 - - - 10
Power consumption for each pole (W)

In (A) 0.5 1 2 3 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
1P+N 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.1 2.1 2.5 3 3.4 3.7 4.2 3.7 4.7 - -
1P-4P 1.4 2.1 2.1 2.4 2.5 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.7 2.4 3.1 4 4.5 5.5
bTdiN60 - icn = 6 kA (iEC 60898)
thermal magnetic mcbs
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
99 99 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
Mcbs BTDIN100
Standards IEC 60898
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 500
Maximum operating voltage Umax (Va.c.) 440
Rated breaking capacity Icn (kA) IEC 60898 10
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Temperature range (C) -25-60
Max. no. of electrical/mechanical manoeuvres 10000/20000
Tripping curves C-D
Protection degree (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Resistance to vibrations (IEC 68.8.35 - CEI 50-6) 3g - 10-55Hz for 30 min.
Resistance to corrosion in constant climate (C/RH) 23/83 - 40/93 - 55/20
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to corrosion in variable climate (C/RH) 25/95 - 55/95
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to abnormal heat and fre (C) 650 - 960
(glow wire test)
Limitation class (IEC 60898) 3
Maximum no. of usable accessories 3
Section of fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 25/35
Specifc features for BTDIN100 circuit breakers

Poles Modules Curve Ue (Va.c.) In (A)
1P 1 C-D 230/400 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
1P+N 2 C 230 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
2P 2 C-D-K-Z 400 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
3P 3 C-D 400 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
4P 4 C-D-K-Z 400 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
NOTE: for K and Z curves the calibrations 1, 1.6, 2, 3 and 8A are also available
Breaking capacity in AC

Icn (kA) IEC 60898 Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 0.5-20 25 32 40 50 63 0.5-20 25 32 40 50 63
230Va.c. 1P 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 10 10 10 10
1P+N-4P 10 10 10 10 10 10 30 30 30 20 20 20
400-440Va.c. 1P-4P 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 10 10 10
Note: The Ics values are equal to the 75% of Icn values according to IEC 60898 standard and to the 75% of Icu values according to IEC 60947-2 standard
Breaking capacity in DC

Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2 Ics (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 1P 2P 3P 4P 1P 2P 3P 4P
24-48Vd.c. 0.5-63 8 8 - - 8 8 - -
110Vd.c. 0.5-63 - 8 8 - - 8 8 -
230Vd.c. 0.5-63 - - - 12 - - - 12
Power consumption for each pole (W)

In (A) 0.5 1 2 3 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
1P-4P 1.4 2.1 2.1 2.4 2.5 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.7 2.4 3.1 4 6 5.5
bTdiN100 - icn = 10 kA (iEC 60898)
thermal magnetic mcbs
100 bTdiN 100
(in = 80, 100, 125A) - icn = 10 kA (iEC 60898)
bTdiN100 thermal magnetic mcbs
Mcbs BTDIN100 (In =80-100-125A)
Standards IEC 60898
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 500
Maximum operating voltage Umax (Va.c.) 440
Rated breaking capacity Icn (kA) IEC 60898 10
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Temperature range (C) -25-60
Max. no. of electrical/mechanical manoeuvres 10000/20000
Tripping curves C-D
Protection degree (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Resistance to vibrations (IEC 68.8.35 - CEI 50-6) 3g - 10-55Hz for 30 min.
Resistance to corrosion in constant climate (C/RH) 23/83 - 40/93 - 55/20
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to corrosion in variable climate (C/RH) 25/95 - 55/95
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to abnormal heat and fre (C) 650 - 960
(glow wire test)
Limitation class (IEC 60898) 3
Maximum no. of usable accessories 3
Section of fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 50/70
Specifc features for BTDIN100 circuit breakers (In = 80-125A)


Poles Modules Curve Ue (Va.c.) In (A)
1P 1.5 C 230/400 80 100 125
2P 3 C-D 400 80 100 125
3P 4.5 C-D 400 80 100 125
4P 6 C-D 400 80 100 125
Breaking capacity in AC

Icn (kA) IEC 60898 Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 80 100 125 80 100 125
230Va.c. 1P 10 10 10 10 10 10
2P 10 10 10 25 25 25
3P-4P 10 10 10 16 16 16
400-440Va.c. 1P-2P 10 10 10 16 16 16
3P-4P 10 10 10 10 10 10
Note: The Ics values are equal to the 75% of Icn values according to IEC 60898 standard and to the 75% of Icu values according to IEC 60947-2 standard
Breaking capacity in DC

Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2 Ics (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 1P 2P 3P 4P 1P 2P 3P 4P
24-48Vd.c. 0.5-63 10 10 - - 10 10 - -
110Vd.c. 0.5-63 - 10 10 - - 10 10 -
230Vd.c. 0.5-63 - - - 15 - - - 15
Power consumption for each pole (W)


In (A) 80 100 125
1P-4P 8.8 10 15.6
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
101 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 101
bTdiN250 - icn = 25 kA (iEC 60898)
thermal magnetic mcbs
Mcbs BTDIN250
Standards IEC 60898
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 500
Maximum operating voltage Umax (Va.c.) 440
Rated breaking capacity Icn (kA) IEC 60898 25
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Temperature range (C) -25-60
Max. no. of electrical/mechanical manoeuvres 10000/20000
Tripping curves C
Protection degree (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Resistance to vibrations (IEC 68.8.35 - CEI 50-6) 3g - 10-55Hz for 30 min.
Resistance to corrosion in constant climate (C/RH) 23/83 - 40/93 - 55/20
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to corrosion in variable climate (C/RH) 25/95 - 55/95
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to abnormal heat and fre (C) 650 - 960
(glow wire test)
Maximum no. of usable accessories 3
Section of fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 25/35
Specifc features for BTDIN100 circuit breakers

Poles Modules Curve Ue (Va.c.) In (A)
1P 1 C 230/400 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
1P+N 2 C 230 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
2P 2 C 400 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
3P 3 C 400 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
4P 4 C 400 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
Breaking capacity in AC

Icn (kA) IEC 60898 Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 0.5-20 25 32 40 50 63 0.5-20 25 32 40 50 63
230Va.c. 1P 25 20 15 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 20 15 12.5 12.5 12.5
1P+N 25 25 25 25 25 25 45 45 45 25 25 25
2P-3P-4P 25 25 25 25 25 25 45 45 45 45 25 25
400-440Va.c. 2P 25 25 20 20 15 15 30 25 20 20 15 15
3P-4P 25 20 15 15 12.5 12.5 25 20 15 15 12.5 12.5

Ics (kA) IEC 60898 Ics (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 0.5-20 25 32 40 50 63 0.5-20 25 32 40 50 63
230Va.c. 1P 12.5 10 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 20 15 12.5 10 10 10
1P+N 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 35 35 35 20 20 20
2P-3P-4P 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 35 35 35 35 20 20
400-440Va.c. 2P 12.5 12.5 10 10 7.5 7.5 25 20 15 15 12.5 12.5
3P-4P 12.5 10 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 20 15 12.5 12.5 10 10
Breaking capacity in DC

Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2 Ics (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 1P 2P 3P 4P 1P 2P 3P 4P
24-48Vd.c. 0.5-63 10 10 - - 10 10 - -
110Vd.c. 0.5-63 - 10 10 - - 10 10 -
230Vd.c. 0.5-63 - - - 15 - - - 15
Power consumption for each pole (W)

In (A) 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
1P-4P 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.7 2.4 3.1 4 6 5.5
102 bTdiN 102
bTdiN250h - icn = 25 kA (iEC 60898)
thermal magnetic mcbs
Mcbs BTDIN250H
Standards IEC 60898
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 500
Maximum operating voltage Umax (Va.c.) 440
Rated breaking capacity Icn (kA) IEC 60898 10
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Temperature range (C) -25-60
Max. no. of electrical/mechanical manoeuvres 10000/20000
Tripping curves C
Protection degree (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Resistance to vibrations (IEC 68.8.35 - CEI 50-6) 3g - 10-55Hz for 30 min.
Resistance to corrosion in constant climate (C/RH) 23/83 - 40/93 - 55/20
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to corrosion in variable climate (C/RH) 25/95 - 55/95
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to abnormal heat and fre (C) 650 - 960
(glow wire test)
Maximum no. of usable accessories 3
Section of fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 50/70
Specifc features for BTDIN250H circuit breakers

Poles Modules Curve Ue (Va.c.) In (A)
1P 1.5 C 230/400 25 32 40 50 63
2P 3 C 400 25 32 40 50 63
3P 4.5 C 400 25 32 40 50 63
4P 6 C 400 25 32 40 50 63
Breaking capacity in AC

Icn (kA) IEC 60898 Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 25 32 40 50 63 25 32 40 50 63
230Va.c. 1P-4P 25 25 25 25 25 50 50 50 50 50
400-440Va.c. 1P-4P 25 25 25 25 25 50 50 50 50 50
Power consumption for each pole (W)


In (A) 25 32 40 50 63
1P-4P 2.8 3.5 4.3 4.8 6
Breaking capacity in DC

Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2 Ics (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 1P 2P 3P 4P 1P 2P 3P 4P
24-48Vd.c. 0.5-63 10 10 - - 10 10 - -
110Vd.c. 0.5-63 - 10 10 - - 10 10 -
230Vd.c. 0.5-63 - - 15 - - - 15
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
103 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 103
bTdiN250 - icn = 25 kA (iEC 60947-2)
magnetic only mcbs
Mcbs only magnetic BTDIN250
Standards IEC 60947-2
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 500
Maximum operating voltage Umax (Va.c.) 440
Rated breaking capacity Icn (kA) IEC 60947-2 25
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Temperature range (C) -25-60
Max. no. of electrical/mechanical manoeuvres 10000/20000
Tripping curves 12-14 In
Protection degree (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Resistance to vibrations (IEC 68.8.35 - CEI 50-6) 3g - 10-55Hz for 30 min.
Resistance to corrosion in constant climate (C/RH) 23/83 - 40/93 - 55/20
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to corrosion in variable climate (C/RH) 25/95 - 55/95
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to abnormal heat and fre (C) 650 - 960
(glow wire test)
Maximum no. of usable accessories 3
Section of fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 25/35
Specifc features for BTDIN250 circuit breakers (magnetic only)
Poles Modules Curve Ue (Va.c.) In (A)
2P 2 12-14In 400 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 12.5 16 25 40 63
3P 3 12-14In 400 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 12.5 16 25 40 63
Breaking capacity in AC

Icn (kA) IEC 60898 Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) <6.3 10-16 25 40-63 <6.3 10-16 25 40-63
230Va.c. 2P-3P 50 50 50 20 25 25 25 10
400-440Va.c. 2P 25 20 15 10 12.5 10 7.5 7.5
3P 25 15 15 10 12.5 10 10 7.5
Power consumption for each pole (W)

In (A) 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
2P-3P 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.7 2.4 3.1 4 6 5.5
104 104 bTdiN
md125 - icn = 10 kA (iEC 60898)
thermal magnetic mcbs
Mcbs MD125
Standards IEC 60898
Rated voltage of use Ue (Va.c.) 400
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 500
Maximum operating voltage Umax (Va.c.) 440
Rated pulse voltage Uimp (kV) 6
Rated breaking capacity Icn (kA) IEC 60898 10
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Temperature range (C) -5-70
Max. no. of electrical/mechanical manoeuvres 1500/8500
Tripping curves C
Protection degree (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Resistance to vibrations (IEC 68.8.35 - CEI 50-6) 3g - 10-55Hz for 30 min.
Resistance to corrosion in constant climate (C/RH) 23/83 - 40/93 - 55/20
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to corrosion in variable climate (C/RH) 25/95 - 55/95
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to abnormal heat and fre (C) 650 - 960
(glow wire test)
Section of fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 50/70
Specifc features for MD125 circuit breakers


Poles Modules Curve Ue (Va.c.) In (A)
3P 4.5 C 400 63 80 100 125
4P 6 C 400 63 80 100 125
Breaking capacity in DC

Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2 Ics (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 1P 2P 1P 2P
24-48Vd.c. 63-125 15 15 11 11
110Vd.c. 63-125 10 10 7.5 7.5
230Vd.c. 63-125 7.5 7.5 6 6
Breaking capacity in AC

Icn (kA) IEC 60898 Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 63 80 100 125 63 80 100 125
230Va.c. 3P-4P 15 15 15 15 22 22 22 22
400-440Va.c. 3P-4P 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15

Ics (kA) IEC 60898 Ics (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 63 80 100 125 63 80 100 125
230Va.c. 3P-4P 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
400-440Va.c. 3P-4P 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
Power consumption for each pole (W)

In (A) 63 80 100 125
3P-4P 4.2 5 6.5 9.4
Downgrading depending on the RT temperature (C)

In (A) 10 20 30 40 50 60
63 70 68 66 63 60 58
80 91 88 85 80 78 75
100 112 108 104 100 96 92
125 140 135 130 125 120 115
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
105 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 105
bTdiN45 - icn = 4.5 kA (iEC 61009-1)
earth leakage thermal magnetic circuit breakers
Earth leakage thermal magnetic circuit breakers BTDIN45
Standards IEC 61009-1
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 500
Maximum operating voltage Umax (Va.c.) 440
Minimum operating voltage for test pushbutton (Va.c.) 100 (170 for 4P)
Rated breaking capacity Icn (kA) IEC 60898 4.5
Differential breaking capacity IDm (kA) 3
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Temperature range (C) -25-60
Max. no. of electrical/mechanical manoeuvres 10000/20000
Tripping curves C
Protection degree (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Resistance to vibrations (IEC 68.8.35 - CEI 50-6) 3g - 10-55Hz for 30 min.
Resistance to corrosion in constant climate (C/RH) 23/83 - 40/93 - 55/20
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to corrosion in variable climate (C/RH) 25/95 - 55/95
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to abnormal heat and fre (C) 650 - 960
(glow wire test)
Limitation class (IEC 60898) 3
Maximum no. of usable accessories 3
Section of fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 25/35
Specifc features for BTDIN45 circuit breakers

Poles Modules Curve Ue (Va.c.) IDn (A) Type In (A)
1P+N 2 C 230 0.01-0.03 A-AC 0.5 1 2 3 4 6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40
1P+N 4 C 230 0.03 AC - - - - - 6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40
2P 2 C 230 0.03 AC - - - - - 6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40
4P 4 C 400 0.03 A-AC - - - - - 6 10 13 16 20 25 32 40
Breaking capacity in AC

Icn (kA) IEC 60898 Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 0.5-20 25 32 40 50 63 0.5-20 25 32 40 50 63
230Va.c. 1P+N-4P 4.5 4.5 4.5 - - - 6 6 6 - - -
400-440Va.c. 4P 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 6 6 6 6 6 6
Note: The Ics values are equal to the Icn values according to IEC 60898 standard and to the Icu values according to IEC 60947-2 standard
The G8130/... and G8230/... circuit breakers do not have plug-in connection. The breaking capacity of G8130/... and G8230/... circuit breakers is equal both for IEC
60898 and for IEC 60947-2.
Breaking capacity in DC

Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2 Ics (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 1P 2P 3P 4P 1P 2P 3P 4P
110Vd.c. 0.5-63 - 4.5 4.5 - - 4.5 4.5 -
230Vd.c. 0.5-63 - - - 4.5 - - - 4.5
Total power consumption (W)

In (A) 0.5 1 2 3 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
1P+N (2 mod.) 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.1 2.1 2.5 3 3.4 3.7 4.2 3.7 4.7 - -
1P+N (4 mod.) - - - - - 1.23 1.45 1.92 3.1 4.6 5.3 6.7 8.9 11.7
4P - - - - - 6 4.8 9 9.3 11 13 - - -
106 bTdiN 106
bTdiN60 - icn = 6 kA (iEC 61009-1)
earth leakage thermal magnetic circuit breakers
Earth leakage thermal magnetic circuit breakers BTDIN60
Standards IEC 61009-1
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 500
Maximum operating voltage Umax (Va.c.) 440
Minimum operating voltage for test pushbutton (Va.c.) 100 (170 for 4P)
Rated breaking capacity Icn (kA) IEC 60898 6
Differential breaking capacity IDm (kA) 3 (6 for 2P in 4 modules)
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Temperature range (C) -25-60
Max. no. of electrical/mechanical manoeuvres 10000/20000
Tripping curves C
Protection degree (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Resistance to vibrations (IEC 68.8.35 - CEI 50-6) 3g - 10-55Hz for 30 min.
Resistance to corrosion in constant climate (C/RH) 23/83 - 40/93 - 55/20
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to corrosion in variable climate (C/RH) 25/95 - 55/95
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to abnormal heat and fre (C) 650 - 960
(glow wire test)
Limitation class (IEC 60898) 3
Maximum no. of usable accessories 3
Section of fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 25/35
Specifc features for BTDIN60 circuit breakers

Poles Modules Curve Ue (Va.c.) IDn (A) Type In (A)
1P+N 2 C 230 0.03-0.3 A-AC 0.5 1 2 3 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40
2P 2 C 230/400 0.03 AC - - - - - 6 10 16 20 25 32 40
4P 4 C 400 0.03-0.3 A-AC - - - - - 6 10 16 20 25 32 40
Breaking capacity in AC

Icn (kA) IEC 60898 Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 0.5-20 25 32 40 50 63 0.5-20 25 32 40 50 63
230Va.c. 1P 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10
1P+N-4P 6 6 6 6 6 6 20 20 20 20 20 20
400-440Va.c. 1P-4P 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10
Note: The Ics values are equal to the Icn values according to IEC 60898 standard and to the 75% of Icu values according to IEC 60947-2 standard
Breaking capacity in DC

Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2 Ics (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 1P 2P 3P 4P 1P 2P 3P 4P
110Vd.c. 0.5-63 - 6 6 - - 6 6 -
230Vd.c. 0.5-63 - - - 10 - - - 10
Total power consumption (W)

In (A) 0.5 1 2 3 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
1P+N (2 mod.) 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.1 2.1 2.5 3 3.4 3.7 4.2 3.7 4.7 - -
1P+N (4 mod.) - - - - - 1.23 1.45 1.92 3.1 4.6 5.3 6.7 8.9 11.7
4P - - - - - 6 4.8 9 9.3 11 13 - - -
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
107 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 107
Single module Type RCbo - icn = 6000A
Earth leakage thermal magnetic circuit breakers
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 500
Maximum operating voltage Umax (Va.c.) 440
Minimum operating voltage for test pushbutton (Va.c.) 100
Rated breaking capacity Icn (kA) 6
Differential breaking capacity IDm (kA) 3
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Temperature range (C) -25-60
Max. no. of electrical/mechanical manoeuvres 10000/20000
Tripping curves C
Protection degree (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Resistance to vibrations (IEC 68.8.35 - CEI 50-6) 3g - 10-55Hz for 30 min.
Resistance to corrosion in constant climate (C/RH) 23/83 - 40/93 - 55/20
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to corrosion in variable climate (C/RH) 25/95 - 55/95
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to abnormal heat and fre (C) 650 - 960
(glow wire test)
Maximum no. of usable accessories 3
Section of fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 10/16
Specifc features
Poles Modules Curve Ue (Va.c.) IDn (A) Type In (A)
1P+N 1 C 240 0.03 A 10 16 20 25 32 45
Breaking capacity in DC

Icu (kA) IEC 60947-2 Ics (kA) IEC 60947-2
In (A) 1P 2P 3P 4P 1P 2P 3P 4P
110Vd.c. 0.5-63 - 6 6 - - 6 6 -
230Vd.c. 0.5-63 - - - 10 - - - 10
Total power consumption (W)

In (A) 10 16 20 25 32 45
1P+N 3 3.4 3.7 4.2 3.7 4.7
108 bTdiN 108
Combinable earth leakage
modules (iEC 61009-1)
Combinable earth leakage modules BDA
Standards IEC 61009-1
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 500
Maximum operating voltage Umax (Va.c.) 440
Rated voltage Ue (Va.c.) 230/400
Minimum operating voltage for test pushbutton (Va.c.) 170
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Temperature range (C) -25-60
Max. no. of electrical/mechanical manoeuvres 10000/20000
Protection degree (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Resistance to vibrations (IEC 68.8.35 - CEI 50-6) 3g - 10-55Hz for 30 min.
Resistance to corrosion in constant climate (C/RH) 23/83 - 40/93 - 55/20
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to corrosion in variable climate (C/RH) 25/95 - 55/95
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to abnormal heat and fre (C) 650 - 960
(glow wire test)
Section of fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 25/35 (10/16 4P-2 modules)
- 50/70 (BTDIN100 - 80A-125A)
Specifc features for earth leakage modules


Poles Modules In (A) IDn (A) Type
2P 2 0.5-32 0.03-0.3 A-AC
0.5-63 0.03-0.3-0.5 A-AC
0.5-63 0.3-1 A-S
4 80-125 0.03-0.3 A-AC
80-125 0.3-1 A-S
3P 3 0.5-63 0.03-0.3-0.5 A-AC
4P 2 0.5-32 0.03-0.3 A-AC
0.5-32 0.3-1 A-S
4 0.5-32 0.03-0.3-0.5 A-AC
0.5-63 0.03-0.3-0.5 A-AC
0.5-63 0.3-1 A-S
6 80-125 0.03-0.3 A-AC
80-125 0.3-1 A-S
Power consumption for each pole (W)

In (A) 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
2P 0.04 0.1 0.26 0.41 0.64 1.06 0.68 1.07 1.7 1.43 2.23 3.48
4P 0.07 0.19 0.5 0.78 1.2 2 0.88 1.37 2.17 1.57 2.45 3.83
Notes: The specifc earth leakage modules for BTDIN 250H circuit breakers have the same features as those for BTDIN 45/60/100/250 circuit breakers, with the
exception of the connection pitch with the thermal magnetic Mcb.
Earth leakage A type HPI modules are capable of supporting 8/20s current pulses of up to 3kA. The values for the number of modules shown in brackets refer to
earth leakage modules for BTDIN 100 from 80 to 125 A.
Differential breaking capacity

Mcb In (A) Icn (kA) Ics (%Icn) IDm (kA)
BTDIN45 6-63 4.5 100 3
BTDIN60 0.5-63 6 100 6
BTDIN100 6-63 10 75 6
BTDIN250 6-20 20 50 15
BTDIN250H 25 20 50 12
32-40 15 50 9
50-63 12.5 50 7.5
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
109 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 109
(iEC 61008-1)
Earth leakage circuit breakers
Circuit breakers Simple earth leakage
Standards IEC 61008-1
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 500
Maximum operating voltage Umax (Va.c.) 440
Rated voltage Ue (Va.c.) 230/400
Minimum operating voltage for test pushbutton (Va.c.) 100 (170 for 4P)
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Temperature range (C) -25-60
Max. no. of electrical/mechanical manoeuvres 10000/20000
Protection degree (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Resistance to vibrations (IEC 68.8.35 - CEI 50-6) 3g - 10-55Hz for 30 min.
Resistance to corrosion in constant climate (C/RH) 23/83 - 40/93 - 55/20
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to corrosion in variable climate (C/RH) 25/95 - 55/95
(Tropical infuence according to IEC 68-2)
Resistance to abnormal heat and fre (C) 650 - 960
(glow wire test)
Section of fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 25/35
Specifc features for earth leakage circuit breakers


Poles Modules Ue (Va.c.) Type IDn (A) In (A)
2P 2 230/400 A-AC 0.01 16 - - - -
0.03 - 25 40 63 -
0.3-0.5 - 25 40 63 80
A-S 0.3-0.5 - 25 40 63 80
4P 4 400 A-AC 0.03 - 25 40 63 -
0.3-0.5 - 25 40 63 80
A-S 0.3-0.5 - 25 40 63 80
Differential breaking capacity

Poles In (A) Im (A) IDm (A)
2P 16-25-40 500 1500
63 630 630
80 800 800
4P 25-40 500 1000
63 630 1000
80 800 1000
Power consumption for each pole (W)


In (A) 16 25 40 63 80
2P 2.5 4 5.75 6.5 7.75
4P - 2.5 4 6.33 9.5
Protection with fuses upstream


Fuse gG upstream
In (A) 16 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
2P downstr. 16 100 100 100 80 50 30 10 6
25 - 100 100 80 50 30 10 6
40 - - - 80 50 30 10 6
63 - - - - - 30 10 6
80 - - - - - - 10 6
4P downstr. 25 - 10 10 10 10 10 10 -
40 - - - 10 10 10 10 -
63 - - - - - 10 10 -
Protection with circuit breakers upstream

Circuit breaker upstream
In (A) BT45 BT60 BT100/250 BT100* M125<63A
2P downstr. 16-40 4.5 6 10 6 6
63 - 6 10 6 6
80 - 6 - 6 -
4P downstr. 25-40 4.5 6 10 - 6
63 - 6 10 - 6
80 - 6 - - 6
* BTDIN 100 with In = 80-125A
110 bTdiN 110 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
operation of automatic circuit breakers
in particular conditions
In direct current circuits, overcurrent can occur due to overload, short circuit
or earth fault (see figure).
Overloads must be interrupted following the parameters listed in the IEC
60364 standard (Ib _In _Iz). Short circuits must be interrupted using
devices with direct current breaking capacity not lower than the estimated
short circuit current.
opERATioN iN diRECT CURRENT
Power supply
system
2-pole
circuit breakers
4-pole
circuit breakers
generator with earth
connected pole
The first earth fault will have no effect.
On the other hand, a second fault may
affect both the positive and the negative
poles. Both poles must therefore be
protected. In this case, the second fault
current can not be assessed based on
the two fault impedances. Such current
is in fact sensibly lower than the
generator U/RO short circuit current.
isolated generator or
generator with earth
connected centre point
To ensure overload protection, it is necessary that current runs through all
bimetals of the release (see diagram below): in these conditions, thermal
operation of the circuit breaker in direct current is not particularly different
from its operation in alternate current.
It goes without saying that circuit breakers with TA powered thermal
releases, or circuit breakers with electronic release cannot operate with
direct current (unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer). For
short circuit protection (or fault / mass protection), it is necessary that
the releases operate for both polarities of the circuit, with the possible
exclusion of the pole connected to the earth or the mass. The intervention
threshold of the short circuit protection can be increased compared to the
corresponding 50 Hz threshold.
A fault can occur between the individual
poles and the earth. Also in this case,
it is therefore necessary that both the
negative and the positive pole are
protected. The earth fault currents are
the same as the generator short circuit
current*: in fact, the U0 voltage is
0.5U, and the internal resistance of the
generator affected by the fault is also
0.5 RO.
The fault current can never only concern
the pole connected to the earth. It is
therefore sufficient to only install the
protection on the pole insulated from
the earth. The earth fault current is
the same as the generator short circuit
current*:In any case, for disconnection
purposes, both poles must be protected.
A - Isolated Generator
B - Generator with earth or
mass connected centre point
C - Generator with one pole connected
to the earth or mass
3-pole
circuit breakers
G
G
U0
U0
U0 R0 R0 U
0.5 R0
0.5 R0
Earth faults cause significant levels of overcurrent only if the generator has
a pole or an intermediate point connected to the earth, and if the masses
are also connected to the earth. Figures A, B and C show the possible
overcurrent situations that must be taken into account when selecting the
types of protections.
* With lines of non negligible length, the short circuit current is given by U (R0+RL), where RL is the resistance of the line. RL can
be calculated using the following formula: RL = 0.04L/S where L is the cable length and S the section of the cable.
111 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
bTdiN mcbs rated current depending on
the temperature and frequency
bTdiN ThERmAL mAGNETiC mCbS RATEd CURRENT dEpENdiNG oN ThE FREqUENCy
S 1 1S 2 2S J JS 4
l (Pt)
1.
1.1
1.2
1.J
1.4
|r (SPt)
|r (4Pt)
5G7<A'(")#"$##"%(#
Type of Mcb Protection from overload Protection from short circuit
In at 50 Hz In at 400 Hz Kt correction Im at 50 Hz Im at 400 Hz Km correction
coefficient coefficient
BtdIn 45/60/100/250 6-63A 6-63A 1 3-5 In (B) 4.32-7.2 In 1.44
0.5-63A 0.5-63A 1 5-10 In (C) 7.2-14.4 In 1.44
6-63A 6-63A 1 10-20 In (D) 14.4-28.8 In 1.44
The curve below shows the magnetic operation property, and the Km
correction coefficient that must be applied to BTDIN circuit breakers,
depending on frequency.
Example
With a BTDIN 60 in B curve (3-5 In), the magnetic intervention threshold at
200 Hz must be multiplied by the Km coefficient of approximately 1.29.
This means that at 200 Hz, the circuit breaker will trip in case of currents
between 3x1.29 = 3.8 In and 5x1.29 = 6.45 In.
In (A)/C -25 -5 10 20 30 40 50 60
BtdIn45 0.5 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4
BtdIn60 1 1.2 1.1 1.1 1 1 0.9 0.9 0.9
BtdIn100 2 2.4 2.2 2.1 2 2 1.9 1.8 1.8
BtdIn250 3 3.6 3.3 3.2 3.1 3 2.9 2.7 2.6
BtdIn250H 4 4.9 4.5 4.3 4.1 4 3.9 3.7 3.6
6 7.3 6.7 6.4 6.2 6 5.8 5.6 5.4
10 12.2 11.2 10.7 10.3 10 9.7 9.3 9
16 19.7 18.4 17.3 16.6 16 15.3 14.7 14.1
20 24.6 22.8 21.6 20.8 20 19.2 18.4 17.6
25 31.2 29 27.2 26 25 24 22.7 21.7
32 40 36.9 34.9 33.3 32 30.7 29.1 27.8
40 50 47 44 42 40 38 36 34
50 62.5 58.8 55 52.5 50 47.5 45 42.5
63 78.1 74.7 69.9 66.1 63 59.8 56.1 52.9
80 102 93 88 84 80 76 72 69
100 124 116 110 105 100 95 90 86
125 155 145 137 131 125 119 113 108
The performance of automatic circuit breakers can be affected by particular types
of climate: dry heat, cold heat, humid hot, salt mist in the atmosphere.
Bticino circuit breaker features meet the requirements of IEC 60068-2-20 standard,
and can therefore also be used in difficult atmospheric conditions, such as the
types of industrial environments specified by the IEC 60947 standard.
bTdiN ThERmAL mAGNETiC mCbS RATEd CURRENT dEpENdiNG oN ThE TEmpERATURE
112 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN
operation of bTdiN earth leakage
mcbs depending on the frequency
Soglia di intervento differenziale in funzione della
frequenza
Blocchi diff.Tipo AC
0.1
0.5
1
5
10
n $n
f (Hz)
50 10 100 500 1000
4p
32A 30mA
4p
63A 30mA
All the other AC types
Soglia di intervento differenziale in funzione della
frequenza
Blocchi diff.Tipo A
0.1
0.5
1
5
10
n $n
f (Hz)
50 10 100 500 1000
300mA
500mA
2p
30mA
4p
30mA
0.1
0.5
1
5
10
n $
f (Hz)
50 10 100 500 1000
Soglia di intervento differenziale in funzione della
frequenza
Blocchi diff.Tipo AS
Earth leakage modules type AC Earth leakage modules type A
Earth leakage modules type A-S
The curves represent the multiplication coefficient that must be applied to
the earth leakage intervention threshold value, depending on frequency.
0.1
0.5
1
5
10
n $
f (Hz)
50 10 100 500 1000
Soglia di intervento differenziale in funzione della
frequenza
Blocchi diff.Tipo A_Hpi
Earth leakage modules type A-HPI
EARh LEAkAGE iNTERvENTioN ThREShoLd dEpENdiNG oN ThE FREqUENCy
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
113 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 113
(iEC 60947-3 iEC 60699-1)
bTdiN switch-disconnectors
Features common to switch-disconnectors which cannot be ftted with accessories
Standards IEC 60947-3 IEC 60669-1
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 400/500
Rated pulse voltage Uimp (kV) 4
Rated voltage Ue (Va.c) 230/400
Max. no. of mechanical manoeuvres 30000(In<32) 5000 (In=63-100A)
Temperature range (C) -10-40
Degree of protection (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Rated closing and breaking capacity and AC22
utilization category
Modular dimensions Yes
Displayed isolation Yes
Upper/lower power supply Yes
Short-time Icw (kA) withstand current for 1 sec. In<32 500
In=63 750
In=100-125 1200
Section of fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 10/16 (In<32A)
25/35 (In=63A)
50/70 (in>100A)
Specifc features for switch-disconnectors which cannot be ftted with accessories
Poles Modules In (A)
1 1 16 32 63 100 -
2 1 16 32 - - -
2 - - 63 100 -
3 2 16 32 - - -
3 - - 63 100 125
4 2 16 32 - - -
4 - - 63 100 125
Conditioned short-circuit current
In (A) BTDIN45 BTDIN60 BTDIN100 BTDIN250
16 4500 6000 6000 6000
32 4500 4500 4500 4500
63 3000 3000 3000 3000
100 3000 3000 3000 3000
Features common to switch-disconnectors which can be ftted with accessories
Standards IEC 60947-3 IEC 60669-1
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 500
Rated pulse voltage Uimp (kV) 6
Rated voltage Ue (Va.c) 230/400
Max. no. of mechanical manoeuvres 30000
Temperature range (C) -25-60
Degree of protection (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Rated closing and breaking capacity and utilization category AC22 (>63A)
AC23 (63A)
Modular dimensions Yes
Displayed isolation Yes
Upper/lower power supply Yes
Can be ftted with motor No
Short-time Icw (kA) withstand current for 1 sec. 20 In
Section of fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 50/70
Specifc features for switch-disconnectors which can be ftted with accessories
Poles Modules In (A)
1 1 16-32 - - -
2 2 16-32 63 100 -
3 3 16-32 63 100 125
4 4 16-32 63 100 125
Power consumption for each pole (W)
In (A) 16 32 63 100 125
Pw (W) 1.5 2.5 3.2 7 10
114 bTdiN 114
Selection of the
non-automatic mcbs
Non-automatic circuit breakers are devices which must be manually opened
or closed, in order to control or disconnect a circuit where no protection
devices, that may cause their automatic opening, are installed.
These devices must be selected depending on the properties of the line
and the utilization category (see table below). It is imperative that they are
connected to overcurrent protection devices installed upstream.
UTiLizATioN CATEGoRiES
Utilization category Applications Rated Establishment Breaking current
Type of Frequent Non frequent current I/Ie U/Ue cos Ic/Ie Ur/Ue cos No. cycles
current operation operation of use
alternate AC-20A AC-20B Establishment/no load breaking capacity All values - - - - - - -
AC-21A AC-21B Operation of resistive loads All values 1.5 1.05 0.95 1.5 1.05 0.95 5
with limited size overloads
AC-22A AC-22B Operation of mixed resistive All values 3 1.05 0.65 3 1.05 0.65 5
and inductive loads with
limited size overloads
AC-23A AC-23B Operation of motors or other 0 < Ie 100A 10 1.05 0.45 8 1.05 0.45 5
highly inductive loads
100A < Ie 10 1.05 0.35 8 1.05 0.35 5

Utilization category Applications Rated Establishment Breaking current
Type of Frequent Non frequent current I/Ie U/Ue L/R (ms) Ic/Ie Ur/Ue L/R (ms) No. cycles
current operation operation of use
direct DC-20A DC-20B Establishment/no load breaking capacity All values - - - - - - -
DC-21A DC-21B Operation of resistive loads All values 1.5 1.05 1 1.5 1.05 1 5
with limited size overloads
DC-22A DC-22B Operation of mixed resistive All values 4 1.05 2.5 4 1.05 2.5 5
and inductive loads with
limited size overloads
DC-23A DC-23B Operation of motors or other All values 4 1.05 15 4 1.05 15 5
highly inductive loads
Utilization category according to IEC 60947-3
I = establishment current
Ie = rated current of use
Ic = breaking current
U = establishment voltage
Ue = rated voltage of use
Ur = recovery voltage
The selection of a non-automatic circuit breaker, based on the electric
properties, must be performed following the same procedure and the
same criteria implemented when selecting automatic circuit breakers. The
utilization category shows the application the circuit breaker is suitable for.
Below is the table of the utilization categories as defined by IEC 60947-3
standard.
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
115 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 115
bTdiN motor protectors circuit breakers
(iEC 60947-2)
Motor protectors MS32
Standards IEC 60947-2
No. of poles 3P
No. of modules 2.5
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 690
Rated pulse voltage Uimp (kV) 6
Rated frequency 50-60
Maximum rated current (A) 32
Adjustment felds (A) 15 diff. settings (from 0.1 to 32)
Intervention class 10A
Magnetic intervention 12XIe
Mechanical duration (cycles) 100000
Electrical duration 32A (AC3) (cycles) 100000
Utilization category A
Short-time Icw (kA) withstand current for 1 sec. IP20-IP41/65 with prot. shield
Mounting position any
Operating temperature -20-+70
Maximum utilisation altitude 3000
Maximum terminal torque (Nm) 2.3
Maximum conductors section (mm
2
) 6
Maximum controllable powers with MS32 motor protectors
Operating voltage (kW)
Type Imin (A) Imax (A) Magnetic intervention (A) 230V 400V 415V 440V 500V 690V
MS32/016 0.1 0.16 1.92 - - - - 0.06 0.06
MS32/025 0.16 0.25 3 - 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.09 0.09-0.012
MS32/040 0.25 0.4 4.8 0.06 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.12 0.18
MS32/063 0.4 0.63 7.56 0.09 0.12-0.18 0.12-0.18 0.12-0.18 0.18 0.25
MS32/1 0.63 1 12 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25-0.37 0.37-0.55
MS32/2 1 1.6 19.2 0.18-0.25 0.37-0.55 0.37-0.55 0.37-0.55 0.55-0.75 0.75
MS32/3 1.6 2.5 30 0.37 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.1 1.1-1.5
MS32/4 2.5 4 48 0.55-0.75 1.1-1.5 1.1-1.5 1.1-1.5 1.5-2.2 2.2-3
MS32/6 4 6.5 78 1.1 2.2 2.2 2.2-3 3 4
MS32/10 6.3 10 120 1.5-2.2 3-4 3-4 4 4 5.5-7.5
MS32/14 9 14 168 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5-7.5 12.8
MS32/18 13 18 216 4 7.5 7.5 7.5 11 15
MS32/23 17 23 276 5.5 11 11 11 15 18.5
MS32/25 20 25 300 5.5 11 11 11 15 22
MS32/32 24 32 384 7.5 15 15 15 18.5 30
Breaking capacity of MS32 IEC 60947-2 motor protectors
Rated short circuit breaking capacity (kA) Protection fuse for I>Icu Fuse gl or gG* (A)
Type Icu (230V) Ics (230V) Icu (400V) Ics (400V) 230V 400V
MS32/016-10 100 100 100 100 - -
MS32/14 100 100 25 12.5 - 80
MS32/18-32 100 100 25 12.5 - 100
* fuse necessary only if the short circuit current at the point of installation is higher than the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker itself. - fuse not needed.
Motor protector power consumption
Type Adjustment (A) Resistance () Pn max (W) Pn min (W)
MS32/016 0.1-0.16 81 0.81 2.07
MS32/025 0.16-0.25 29 0.75 1.83
MS32/040 0.25-0.4 12 0.76 1.93
MS32/063 0.4-0.63 4.7 0.75 1.87
MS32/1 0.63-1 1.96 0.78 1.96
MS32/2 1-1.6 0.76 0.76 1.94
MS32/3 1.6-2.5 0.32 0.83 2.03
MS32/4 2.5-4 0.13 0.78 2.01
MS32/6 4-6.5 0.055 0.88 2.34
MS32/10 6.3-10 0.022 0.86 2.17
MS32/14 9-14 0.0133 1.07 2.6
MS32/18 13-18 0.0075 1.26 2.41
MS32/23 23-17 0.0056 1.62 2.96
MS32/25 20-25 0.0045 1.8 2.81
MS32/32 24-32 0.0032 1.81 3.23
Pn power consumption at the calibration for each phase.
PImax power consumption for each pole at the maximum current.
Motor protector accessory power consumption
Type Resistance () Pm max (W)
MSC/ 5 0.18
MSV/ - 1.2
MST/ * *
* MST/ this is an impulse operation device, and must therefore not be taken
into account during power consumption calculations.
116 bTdiN 116
Pulse operated latching relays
Standards IEC 60669-2-2
No. of modules 1-2
Rated pulse voltage Uimp (kV) 4
Rated voltage Ue (Va.c.) 400
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 250
Rated control voltage Uc (Va.c.) 24 o 230
Rated current In (A) at 30C 16
Conditioned short-circuit current (kA) 3
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Temperature range (C) -5-50
Max. no. of mechanical manoeuvres 1000000
Power consumption for each pole (W) 0.8
Protection degree (terminal area/other areas) IP20
Coil consumption (pulse) (VA) 16
Coil consumption (held control) (VA) 3.2
Maximum section of connectable 4 or 2x2.5
fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
)
pulse operated
latching relays
Field of application
Control for medium and low power devices
Centralised control for lighting management
Cyclical control of devices
Features
Bistable type relay with 1, 2 and 4 contacts
The contacts change status with each current pulse
Front lever indicating the status of the contacts, and for manual notifcation
of the status of the control signal (0-I)
Accessories
Changeover contact for remote notifcation (1NO+1NC 230V 6A).
Accessories for held and centralised control (maximum 10 for each group).
Impedance compensation accessories for use with lit pushbuttons.
Connection diagrams for the realisation of a held-type control system
using pulse operated latching relay
23
11
12
24
L
N
F1AC
FP.../24
FP.../230
A1 A2
1 3
2 4
A1 A2
1 3 23
11
12
24
L
N
F1AC
FM...
FC...
2 4
OFF ON
F51NAC F51NAC
1 3 1 3
A1 A2
2 4
12
14
11
L
N
1/3 3/1
A1 A2
2 4
12
14
11
2/4 4/2
1/3 3/1
2/4 4/2
F2CN/24 + FP.../24
F2CN/230 + FP.../230
F2CN/24 + FP.../24
F2CN/230 + FP.../230
F2CN/24 + FP.../24
F2CN/230 + FP.../230
F2CN/24 + FP.../24
F2CN/230 + FP.../230
2 4 2 4
A1 A2
1 3 12
14
11
L
N
A1 A2
1 3 12
14
11
OFF ON
Connection diagrams for the realisation of a centralised system control
using pulse operated latching relays (10 devices for each group maximum)
Connection diagrams for the realisation of a remote indication
system using pulse operated latching relay
A1 A2
1 3
2 4
12
14
11
L
N
F2CN/24 + FP.../24
F2CN/230 + FP.../230
ON OFF
Important
Always connect terminal
11 of item F2CN/... to
the A1 or A2 terminal
of the relay coil, before
powering terminals 14
and 12.
Pulse operated latching relays
In (A) Contact type Vn (V a.c.) No.of modules
16 1NO 24/230 2
2NO 24/230 2
4NO 24/230 2
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
117 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 117
Filament 230V, tungsten flament

PW (W) 16A
40 40
60 26
75 21
100 16
150 10
200 8
300 5
500 3
No. oF LAmpS phASE CoNTRoLLAbLE by ThE pULSE opERATEd LATChiNG RELAy (in = 16A)
Halogen 230 V
PW (W) 16A
40 40
60 26
75 21
100 16
150 10
200 8
300 5
500 3
Halogen 230/12V with transformer

PW (W) 16A
20 65
35 45
50 25
75 16
100 12
Fluorescent, non power factor corrected

PW (W) 16A
15 35
18 33
20 32
30 30
36 29
40 26
58 18
65 15
Fluorescent, power factor corrected in parallel

PW (W) 16A
15 29
18 28
20 27
30 26
36 25
40 23
58 16
65 14
Fluorescent, factor corrected in series

PW (W) 16A
2x18 44
2x20 40
2x30 27
2x36 26
2x40 20
2x58 14
2x65 12
4x18 22
Fluorescent compact with electronic
starter
PW (W) 16A
11 75
15 55
20 45
23 35
Fluorescent compact with HF starter


PW (W) 16A
18 28
36 24
58 14
2x18 14
2x36 12
2x58 7
Fluorescent compact with electromagnetic
starter
PW (W) 16A
7 45
10 42
18 37
26 23
Low pressure sodium vapors, non power
factor corrected
PW (W) 16A
18 19
35 6
55 5
90 3
135 2
150 2
180 2
200 2
Low pressure sodium vapors, power factor
corrected
PW (W) 16A
18 15
35 3
55 3
90 2
135 1
150 1
180 1
200 1
Low pressure iodine, non power factor
corrected
PW (W) 16A
70 9
150 5
250 3
330 3
400 2
Low pressure iodine, non power factor
corrected
PW (W) 16A
70 6
150 6
250 3
330 2
400 2
1000 1
High pressure mercury lamps, non power
factor corrected
PW (W) 16A
50 11
80 9
125 7
250 3
400 1
High pressure mercury lamps, power
factor corrected
PW (W) 16A
50 9
80 7
125 5
250 3
400 1
pulse operated
latching relays
118 bTdiN 118
Relays Monostable Contactors
Standards IEC 61095 IEC 60947
No. of modules 1-2 1-3
Rated pulse voltage Uimp (kV) 4 4
Rated voltage Ue (Va.c.) 230/400 230/400
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 500 500
Rated control voltage Uc (Va.c.) 24 or 230 24 or 230
Rated current In (A) at 30C 16 20-40-63
Rated frequency (Hz) 50 50-60
Maximum permitted I
2
t value 16000 16000
Conditioned short-circuit current Icc (kA) 3 3
Temperature range (C) -5-40 -5-40
Max. no. of mechanical manoeuvres 1000000 1000000
Power consumption for each pole (W) 0.8 1.5
Protection degree (terminal area/other areas) IP20 IP20
Coil consumption (pulse) (VA) 16
Coil consumption (held control) (VA) 3.2 3.2
Maximum section of connectable 4 or 2x2.5 6 or 2x4
fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
)
Relays
monostable and contactors
Field of application
Control for low, medium and high power devices
Features
Monostable type relay with 1, 2 and 4 contacts
The contacts change status only when the excitation state of the coil changes
(excited coil = contacts ON; de-excited coil = contacts OFF)
Front lever for contacts status indication.
Manual selection of the control signal status
(0-AUTO-I) (AC-7A, AC-7B)
Accessories
Remote indication contact (1NO+1NC 230V 6A).
When several battery contactors are positioned side by side, it is recommended
that distancing modules every 2 contactors are also installed, item F80/05D.
Coil consumptions table (VA)
Item number FC1A2/24S FC1AC2/24 FC2AC2/230 FC4A2/24 FC2A4/230N FC4A4/24N FC2A2N24 FC4A2N24 FC4A4N230
FC2A2/24S FC2A2/24 FC3A2/230 FC2A4/24N FC3A4/230N FC4A6/24N FC1A2N230 FC4A2N230 FC2A4N230
FC1A2/230S FC1A2/230 FC4A2/230 FC4A4/230N FC2A2N230
FC2A2/230S FC2A2/230 FC4C2/230 FC4A6/230N
FC1AC2/230
FC2C2/230
Pulse 13.5 12 35 42 45 36 20 30 5
Held control 4 3 3 6 7 6.5 4 6 5
AC-7A, AC-7B, AC-3 contactors
In (A) contact type Vn (V a.c.) No. of modules
20 1NO 230 1
1NO+1NC 24/230 1
2NO 24/230 1
2NC 230 1
2NO+2NC 230 2
3NO 230 2
4NO 24/230 2
4NC 230 2
40 2NO 24/230 2
3NO 230 3
4NO 24/230 3
63 4NO 24/230 3
Monostable relays
In (A) contact type Vn (V a.c.) No. of modules
16 1NO+1NC 24/230 1
2NO+2NC 24/230 2
4NO 24/230 2
AC-7 silent contactors
In (A) contact type Vn (V a.c.) No. of modules
20 1NO 24/230 1
2NO 24/230 1
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
119 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 119
Filament 230V, tungsten flament and
halogen 230V
PW (W) 16A
40 40
60 32
75 27
100 21
150 13
200 11
300 8
500 4
1000 2
No. oF LAmpS phASE CoNTRoLLAbLE by moNoSTAbLE RELAyS (in = 16A)
Halogen 230/12V with transformer

PW (W) 16A
20 16
50 11
75 9
100 7
150 4
Fluorescent with electronic ballast

PW (W) 16A
14 40
18 32
36 28
58 17
2x14 20
2x18 16
2x36 14
2x58 8
Fluorescent, non power factor corrected

PW (W) 16A
18 25
20 23
36 21
40 19
58 13
65 12
115 7
140 7
Fluorescent, power factor corrected in parallel

PW (W) 16A
18 14
20 13
36 15
40 14
58 9
65 9
115 5
140 5
Fluorescent, factor corrected in series
PW (W) 16A
2x18 31
2x20 28
2x36 17
2x40 16
2x58 11
2x65 10
2x115 6
2x140 6
Low pressure sodium vapors, non power
factor corrected
PW (W) 16A
18 19
35 6
55 6
90 3
135 2
150 2
180 2
200 2
Low pressure sodium vapors, power factor
corrected
PW (W) 16A
18 15
35 3
55 3
90 2
135 1
150 1
180 1
200 1
High pressure sodium vapors and metal
iodines, non power factor corrected

PW (W) 16A
70 9
150 5
250 3
330 3
400 2
1000 -
High pressure sodium vapors and metal
iodines, power factor corrected

PW (W) 16A
70 6
150 6
250 3
330 2
400 2
1000 1
High pressure mercury, non power factor
corrected
PW (W) 16A
50 11
80 9
125 7
250 3
400 1
700 -
1000 -
High pressure mercury, power factor
corrected
PW (W) 16A
50 9
80 7
125 5
250 3
400 1
700 -
1000 -
Maximum power at 230V depending on
the No. of manoeuvres per day (W)

no. of manoeuvres 16A
<50 3.5
75 3
100 2.5
250 1.5
500 1
Maximum power at 400V depending on
the No. of manoeuvres per day (W)

no. of manoeuvres 16A
<50 10
75 9
100 7
250 3
500 2
Downgrading at temperature

T (C) Ie (A)
40 16
50 14
60 12
70 10
Motor operators (AC-7B) (kW)

Vn (Va.c.) PW (W)
230 0.9
400 2.7
Ie= 7.5A (AC3 o AC7B)
Ie= 16A (AC1A o AC7A)
Relays
monostable and contactors
120 bTdiN 120
Filament 230V, tungsten flament and
halogen 230V
PW (W) 20A 40A 63A
40 47 118 156
60 37 87 115
75 30 72 96
100 23 52 71
150 15 36 48
200 12 26 35
300 8 18 25
500 5 11 15
1000 2 7 8
No. oF LAmpS phASE CoNTRoLLAbLE by AC-1 (LN = 20, 40, 63A) CoNTACToRS
Halogen 230/12V with transformer

PW (W) 20A 40A 63A
20 19 45 64
50 12 29 42
75 10 25 34
100 8 20 28
150 5 15 19
Fluorescent with electronic ballast

PW (W) 20A 40A 63A
14 44 80 100
18 35 64 79
36 30 35 46
58 18 27 31
2x14 22 41 51
2x18 17 32 40
2x36 15 18 22
2x58 9 14 15
Fluorescent, non power factor corrected

PW (W) 20A 40A 63A
18 28 72 106
20 25 65 95
36 24 56 89
40 21 50 80
58 15 34 55
65 14 35 55
115 10 21 31
140 9 20 32
Fluorescent, power factor corrected in parallel

PW (W) 20A 40A 63A
18 18 39 61
20 16 38 60
36 18 38 60
40 16 38 54
58 11 31 43
65 12 28 38
115 7 16 22
140 6 14 20
Fluorescent, factor corrected in series

PW (W) 20A 40A 63A
2x18 39 83 125
2x20 35 75 123
2x36 21 42 68
2x40 19 43 68
2x58 13 30 47
2x65 13 27 42
2x115 8 16 25
2x140 8 16 25
Low pressure sodium vapors, non power
factor corrected
PW (W) 20A 40A 63A
18 22 57 90
35 7 14 25
55 7 14 25
90 4 9 20
135 2 8 10
150 2 8 10
180 2 6 9
200 2 6 9
Low pressure sodium vapors, power factor
corrected
PW (W) 20A 40A 63A
18 17 42 58
35 4 11 15
55 4 11 15
90 3 9 11
135 1 5 7
150 1 4 7
180 1 3 6
200 1 3 5
High pressure sodium vapors and metal
iodines, non power factor corrected

PW (W) 20A 40A 63A
70 10 22 30
150 6 15 19
250 3 9 11
330 3 8 9
400 2 6 7
1000 1 2 3
High pressure sodium vapors and metal
iodines, power factor corrected

PW (W) 20A 40A 63A
70 8 20 25
150 8 20 25
250 3 8 11
330 2 8 10
400 2 7 9
1000 1 3 5
High pressure mercury, non power factor
corrected
PW (W) 20A 40A 63A
50 12 36 52
80 10 27 39
125 8 19 27
250 3 10 14
400 2 7 10
700 1 4 6
1000 - 3 4
High pressure mercury, power factor
corrected
PW (W) 20A 40A 63A
50 10 25 30
80 8 21 25
125 6 14 16
250 3 7 9
400 2 4 5
700 1 3 3
1000 - 2 2
Maximum power at 230V depending on
the No. of manoeuvres per day (W)

no. manoeuv. 20A 40A 63A
<50 4.5 9 14
75 3.5 7.5 12
100 3 6 9.5
250 2 4 6
500 1 2.5 4.5
Maximum power at 400V depending on
the No. of manoeuvres per day (W)

no. manoeuv. 20A 40A 63A
<50 13 26 41
75 11 22 35
100 9 17 26
250 4 8 13
500 3 6 9
Downgrading at temperature

T (C) 20A 40A 63A
40 20 40 63
50 18 36 57
60 16 32 50
70 14 29 46
Motor operators (AC-7B) (kW)

Vn (Va.c.) 20A 40A 63A
230 1.1 2.5 4
400 3.3 7.5 12
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
121 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 121
No. oF LAmpS phASE CoNTRoLLAbLE by AC-3 CoNTACToRS
Fluorescent, non power factor corrected

PW (W) FC2A2N230/24 FC4A2N230/24 FC2A4N230N FC4A4N230N FC1A2N230
18 24 24 90 90 24
36 17 20 65 65 17
58 10 13 40 40 10
Fluorescent, power factor corrected

PW (W) FC2A2N230/24 FC4A2N230/24 FC2A4N230N FC4A4N230N FC1A2N230
18 6 8 45 45 6
36 6 8 45 45 6
58 4 5 25 25 4
Fluorescent with electronic AC power supply feeder

PW (W) FC2A2N230/24 FC4A2N230/24 FC2A4N230N FC4A4N230N FC1A2N230
1x18 22 30 60 60 22
1x36 12 16 30 30 12
1x58 8 12 22 22 8
2x18 23 32 40 40 23
2x36 12 16 20 20 12
2x58 7 10 10 10 7
Halogen 230 V

PW (W) FC2A2N230/24 FC4A2N230/24 FC2A4N230N FC4A4N230N FC1A2N230
200 - 5 15 15 -
300 - 3 10 10 -
500 - 2 6 6 -
1000 - 1 3 3 -
Low pressure sodium vapors, non power factor corrected

PW (W) FC2A2N230/24 FC4A2N230/24 FC2A4N230N FC4A4N230N FC1A2N230
35 5 6 13 13 5
55 5 6 13 13 5
90 3 4 9 9 3
135-180 2 3 6 6 2
High pressure sodium vapors, non power factor corrected

PW (W) FC2A2N230/24 FC4A2N230/24 FC2A4N230N FC4A4N230N FC1A2N230
50 12 12 24 24 12
70 10 10 20 20 10
110 8 7 16 16 8
150 6 5 10 10 6
250 3 3 6 6 3
400 2 2 4 4 2
1000 1 - 2 2 1
Motor operators

Conventional Utilisation Utilisation Protection
thermal power power fuse
current A kW 230V kW 400V gG
20 2.2 4 35
40 5.5 11 63
Relay
contactors
122 bTdiN 122 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
Selection of
contactors
Coordination among BTDIN 250 Mcbs only magnetic and LOVATO starters at 440Va.c. (Type 2)

Rated Rated Mcbs Type of Item Magnetic Type of Type Setting Iq
power current rated Mcb number tripping LOVATO of thermal of thermal conditioned
of use (kW) of use (A) current (A) current (A) contactor relays relays (A) (kA)
0.12 0.5 1.6 BTDIN250 F83SM/20 22 BF9 RF25 0.45-0.75 15
0.18 0.6 1.6 BTDIN250 F83SM/20 22 BF9 RF25 0.45-0.75 15
0.25 0.8 1.6 BTDIN250 F83SM/20 22 BF9 RF25 0.6-1 15
0.37 1.1 1.6 BTDIN250 F83SM/20 22 BF9 RF25 0.9-1.5 15
0.55 1.5 1.6 BTDIN250 F83SM/20 22 BF9 RF25 1.4-2.3 15
0.75 1.8 2.5 BTDIN250 F83SM/32 35 BF9 RF25 1.4-2.3 15
1.1 2.6 4 BTDIN250 F83SM/50 56 BF9 RF25 2-3.3 15
1.5 3.4 4 BTDIN250 F83SM/50 56 BF9 RF25 3-5 15
2.2 4.8 6.3 BTDIN250 F83SM/80 88 BF9 RF25 3-5 15
2.5 5.5 6.3 BTDIN250 F83SM/80 88 BF9 RF25 4.5-7.5 15
3 6.5 10 BTDIN250 F83SM/125 140 BF9 RF25 4.5-7.5 15
3.7 7.6 10 BTDIN250 F83SM/125 140 BF9 RF25 6-10 15
4 8.2 10 BTDIN250 F83SM/125 140 BF9 RF25 6-10 15
5.5 11 12.5 BTDIN250 F83SM/160 175 BF16 RF25 9-15 15
6.3 12 12.5 BTDIN250 F83SM/160 175 BF16 RF25 9-15 15
7.5 14 16 BTDIN250 F83SM/200 224 BF16 RF25 9-15 15
10 19 25 BTDIN250 F83SM/320 350 BF50 RF95 14-23 15
11 21 25 BTDIN250 F83SM/320 350 BF50 RF95 14-23 15
12.5 24 25 BTDIN250 F83SM/320 350 BF50 RF95 20-33 15
15 27 40 BTDIN250 F83SM/500 560 BF50 RF95 20-33 10
16 29 40 BTDIN250 F83SM/500 560 BF50 RF95 20-33 10
18.5 34 40 BTDIN250 F83SM/500 560 BF50 RF95 28-42 10
20 37 40 BTDIN250 F83SM/500 560 BF50 RF95 28-42 10
CooRdiNATioN AmoNG mCbS ANd LovATo CoNTACToRS
Coordination among BTDIN 250 Mcbs only magnetic and LOVATO starters at 400Va.c. (Type 2)

Rated Rated Mcbs Type of Item Magnetic Type of Type Setting Iq
power current rated Mcb number tripping LOVATO of thermal of thermal conditioned
of use (kW) of use (A) current (A) current (A) contactor relays relays (A) (kA)
0.12 0.5 1.6 BTDIN250 F83SM/20 22 BF9 RF25 0.45-0.75 15
0.18 0.6 1.6 BTDIN250 F83SM/20 22 BF9 RF25 0.45-0.75 15
0.25 0.8 1.6 BTDIN250 F83SM/20 22 BF9 RF25 0.6-1 15
0.37 1.1 1.6 BTDIN250 F83SM/20 22 BF9 RF25 0.9-1.5 15
0.55 1.5 1.6 BTDIN250 F83SM/20 22 BF9 RF25 1.4-2.3 15
0.75 1.9 2.5 BTDIN250 F83SM/32 35 BF9 RF25 1.4-2.3 15
1.1 2.7 4 BTDIN250 F83SM/50 56 BF9 RF25 2-3.3 15
1.5 3.5 4 BTDIN250 F83SM/50 56 BF9 RF25 3-5 15
2.2 5 6.3 BTDIN250 F83SM/80 88 BF9 RF25 4.5-7.5 15
2.5 5.7 6.3 BTDIN250 F83SM/80 88 BF9 RF25 4.5-7.5 15
3 6.7 10 BTDIN250 F83SM/125 140 BF9 RF25 4.5-7.5 15
3.7 8 10 BTDIN250 F83SM/125 140 BF9 RF25 6-10 15
4 8.5 10 BTDIN250 F83SM/125 140 BF9 RF25 6-10 15
5.5 11 12.5 BTDIN250 F83SM/160 175 BF16 RF25 9-15 15
6.3 13 16 BTDIN250 F83SM/200 224 BF16 RF25 9-15 15
7.5 15 16 BTDIN250 F83SM/200 224 BF20 RF25 14-23 15
10 20 25 BTDIN250 F83SM/320 350 BF25 RF25 14-23 15
11 22 25 BTDIN250 F83SM/320 350 BF50 RF95 20-33 15
12.5 25 25 BTDIN250 F83SM/320 350 BF50 RF95 20-33 15
15 29 40 BTDIN250 F83SM/500 560 BF50 RF95 20-33 10
16 31 40 BTDIN250 F83SM/500 560 BF50 RF95 28-42 10
18.5 35 40 BTDIN250 F83SM/500 560 BF50 RF95 28-42 10
20 38 40 BTDIN250 F83SM/500 560 BF50 RF95 28-42 10
22 41 63 BTDIN250 F83SM/800 882 BF50 RF95 35-50 10
25 47 63 BTDIN250 F83SM/800 882 BF65 RF95 35-50 10
30 57 63 BTDIN250 F83SM/800 882 BF65 RF95 46-65 10
31.5 59 63 BTDIN250 F83SM/800 882 BF65 RF95 46-65 10
123 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
Coordination among MS32 motor protectors and LOVATO contactors at 400Va.c.(type 2)
Rated power Rated current Motor protector thermal Motor protector Magnetic tripping Type of LOVATO
of use (kW) of use (A) adjustment field (A) code current (A) contactor Iq (kA)
0.12 0.44 0.4 - 0.63 MS32/063 7.56 BF9 50
0.18 0.6 0.4 - 0.63 MS32/063 7.56 BF9 50
0.25 0.85 0.63 - 1 MS32/1 12 BF9 50
0.37 1.1 1 - 1.6 MS32/2 19.2 BF9 50
0.55 1.5 1 - 1.6 MS32/2 19.2 BF9 50
0.75 1.9 1.6 - 2.5 MS32/3 30 BF9 50
1.1 2.7 2.5 - 4 MS32/4 48 BF9 50
1.5 3.6 2.5 - 4 MS32/4 48 BF9 50
2.2 4.9 4 - 6.5 MS32/6 78 BF9 50
3 6.5 6.3 - 10 MS32/10 120 BF9 50
4 8.5 6.3 - 10 MS32/10 120 BF12 50
5.5 11.5 9 - 14 MS32/14 168 BF16 25
7.5 15.5 13 - 18 MS32/18 216 BF16 25
11 22 20 - 25 MS32/25 300 BF25 25
15 29 24 - 32 MS32/32 384 BF32 25
Maximum size (A) of the protection fuse to be associated if Icc > Icu (IEC60947-2)
Coordination type 2. up to the fuse breaking capacity (400Va.c.)
Rated power Rated current Motor protector thermal Motor protector Type of LOVATO In max In max
of use (kW) of use (A) adjustment field (A) code contactor fuse gG (A) fuse aM (A)
5.5 11.5 9 - 14 MS32/14 BF16 80 63
7.5 15.5 13 - 18 MS32/18 BF16 100 63
11 22 20 - 25 MS32/25 BF25 100 80
15 29 24 - 32 MS32/32 BF32 100 80
Selection of
contactors
124 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
motor
protection
During their normal operation, asynchronous motors turn electric energy into
mechanical energy. This mechanical energy is then made available to the
rotor shaft for driving various types of machines. During operation, motor
rotors and the machines connected to them accumulate a certain amount of
energy. The amount of energy depends on their moment of inertia, which is
capable of keeping the machines running, should a short term lack of supply
occur.
When a short circuit occurs, at any point of the motor electric power supply
system, for a certain amount of time the motor itself becomes a generator,
converting the accumulated kinetic energy into electric energy, and sending
its own fault current to the short circuit: this current value must be added
to the current supplied by the power supply line, when calculating the total
short circuit current value.
With asynchronous motors, which include the majority of alternate current
electric motors, damping of the rotor currents that support the rotating
magnetic feld during a short circuit, is very fast. Therefore the current is
exhausted very quickly (after some tenths of milliseconds).
SELECTioN oF mCbS FoR ThE moToR pRoTECTioN
Table for the selection of the automatic Mcb depending on the motor power
Item Rated Magnetic Motor rated features 400V a.c.
code current In (A) threshold Im (A)* kW Hp Rated current In (A)
F83SM/20 1.6 20 0.37 1/2 1.2
F83SM/32 2.5 32 0.55 3/4 1.6
F83SM/32 2.5 32 0.73 1 2
F83SM/50 4 50 1.1 1.5 2.8
F83SM/50 4 50 1.5 2 3.7
F83SM/80 6.3 80 2.2 3 6.3
F83SM/125 10 125 3 4 7
F83SM/125 10 125 4 5.5 9
F83SM/160 12.5 160 5.5 7.5 12
F83SM/200 16 200 7.5 10 16
F83SM/320 25 320 11 15 23
F83SM/500 40 500 15 20 30
F83SM/500 40 500 18.5 25 37
F83SM/800 63 800 22 30 43
F83SM/800 63 800 30 40 59
* The values are valid for alternate current (for direct current multiply by 1.5).
Motor
internal
self-protection
Protection
from
overload
Control
-
Automatic
Mcb for
protection
from short
circuit
t (s)
(A) p a e
ta
ts
e = motor rated current
a = start-up transient current
p = maximum peak current at start-up
ta = start-up time
ts = transient phase duration
Motor
internal
self-protection
Protection
from
overload
Control
-
Automatic
Mcb for
protection
from short
circuit
t (s)
(A) p a e
ta
ts
e = motor rated current
a = start-up transient current
p = maximum peak current at start-up
ta = start-up time
ts = transient phase duration
When calculating the maximum short circuit current values, the contribution
of the motors installed within the system to the total fault current can have
an important effect on the selection of the rated powers of the protection
devices, as well as on the assessment of the maximum electro-dynamic
stress on the conductors and the components of the system affected by the
fault current.
The rms value of the maximum short circuit current, from the start of the
short circuit fault to the terminals of a motor, has a value equal to 6 to 8
times its rated current.
Magnetic only BTDIN250 circuit breakers are only ftted with a magnetic
release, with intervention threshold between 12 and 14 In. These devices
are particularly suited for short circuit protection in remote control and motor
protection set-ups that use starters (contactors and thermal relays). In fact,
these last do not ensure protection from short circuits that may occur inside
the motor itself, or on the intermediate connection. This function must
therefore be performed by a protection device installed upstream.
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 125 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
protection of
illumination circuits
230V a.c. one-phase distribution - three-phase distribution with neutral (400V a.c.) with star connection

In (A) - 2P and 4P Mcbs
1 2 3 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
Fluorescent Lamp No. of lamps per phase
lamps power (W)
single, non power 18 4 9 14 29 49 78 98 122 157 196 245 309 392 490 613
factor corrected 36 2 4 7 14 24 39 49 62 78 98 122 154 196 245 306
cos = 0.6 58 1 3 4 9 15 24 30 38 48 60 76 95 121 152 190
single, power 18 7 14 21 42 70 112 140 175 225 281 351 443 556 695 869
factor corrected 36 3 7 10 21 35 56 70 87 112 140 175 221 278 347 434
cos = 0.86 58 2 4 6 13 21 34 43 54 69 87 109 137 172 215 269
double, power 2x18 = 36 3 7 10 21 35 56 70 87 112 140 175 221 278 347 434
factor corrected 2x36 = 72 1 3 5 10 17 28 35 43 56 70 87 110 139 173 217
cos = 0.86 2x58 =116 1 2 3 6 10 17 21 27 34 43 54 68 86 107 134
230V a.c. three phase distribution with triangle connection

In (A) - 2P and 4P Mcbs
1 2 3 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
Fluorescent Lamp No. of lamps per phase
lamps power (W)
single, non power 18 2 5 8 16 28 45 56 70 90 113 141 178 226 283 354
factor corrected 36 1 2 4 8 14 22 28 35 48 56 70 89 113 141 177
cos = 0.6 58 0 1 2 4 7 14 17 21 28 35 43 55 70 88 110
single, power 18 4 8 12 24 40 64 81 101 127 162 203 255 320 401 501
factor corrected 36 2 4 6 12 20 32 40 50 64 81 101 127 160 200 250
cos = 0.86 58 1 2 3 7 12 20 25 31 40 50 63 79 99 124 155
double, power 2x18 = 36 2 4 6 12 20 32 40 50 64 81 101 127 160 200 250
factor corrected 2x36 = 72 1 2 3 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
cos = 0.86 2x58 = 116 0 1 1 3 5 10 12 15 20 25 31 39 49 62 77
Note: The power of the starter is equal to 25% of the lamp power
230/400V a.c. three-phase distribution - star/triangle connection
High pressure discharge lamp Pw (W)
lamp with mercury vapors + fluorescent substances 700 1000 2000
lamp with mercury vapors + halogen metals 375 1000 2000
lamp with sodium vapors 400 1000
In (A) 6 10 16
Automatic circuit breakers can be used for the protection of lighting systems.
In order to select the correct circuit breaker, the type of load must be
known.
SELECTioN oF mCbS FoR ThE pRoTECTioN oF iLLUmiNATioN CiRCUiTS
The utilization current of the protected circuit must be calculated starting
from the rated power and voltage values. In alternative, it could be supplied
directly by the manufacturer of the units. The tables below show the current
values of the circuit breakers to be used depending on the lamp type.
126 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
Auxiliary and tripped
relay contacts
Auxiliary and alarm contacts are use for remote indication of the status of
the circuit breakers or for the notifcation of any alarms due to short circuits,
overloads and earth leakage faults. Auxiliary contacts depend on the status
of the contacts of the associated circuit breakers, while alarm (or tripped
relay) contacts are dependent on the internal circuit breaker kinematics.
BTDIN contacts properties
BTDIN auxiliary contacts ftted with cam for changing the function based on the
tripped relay contacts.
Test pushbutton (BTDIN contacts only) to check mechanical coupling.
To be ftted on left of circuit breaker.
Motor protector alarm contact with red fag for short circuit or overload inter-
vention notifcation.
Technical specifcations
BTDIN Motor protector
No. modules 1 0.5
Rated voltage Vn (V d.c.) 24-230 24-230
Rated voltage Vn (Va.c.) 230-400 230-400
Contacts load (A) 24Vd.c. 4 6
48Vd.c. 5
60Vd.c. 1 3
110Vd.c. 1.3
230Vd.c. 0.5 0.5
48Va.c. 6
110Va.c. 4.5
230Va.c. 6 3.3
400Va.c. 3 2.2
Utilisation category AC15 DC13
Maximum section of connectable 2.5 2.5
fexible cable (mm
2
)
BTDIN contacts diagrams
AUXiLiARy ANd ALARm CoNTACTS
Motor protector contact diagrams
F80C
96 95 98
12 11 14
Id
06 05 08
06 05 08
F80SC/05 F80SC
F80A
06 05 08
96 95 98
06 05 08 06 05 08
F80CS
F80R
96 95 98
06 05 08
96 95 98
F80R
MSC/11 MSC/20 MSC/S11



MSC/...
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 127 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
Shunt trips
Shunt trips can be combined to a control or a NO type contact, which can
be used to remotely control the opening of the circuit breaker. The release
is caused mechanically by the excitation of the reel of the shunt trip unit.
These devices are available with either direct or alternate current power
supply voltage. The use of the shunt trip as an emergency function requires
(in accordance with IEC 60364 standard) the use of suitable indication of the
effciency of the control circuit.
BTDIN shunt trip features
Changeover contact (C1/12), for remote indication of the circuit breaker status
Contact change depending on the position of the lever (closed between C1 and
C2).
To be ftted on the left of the circuit breaker for BTDIN and on the right for motor
protectors
Technical specifcations
BTDIN Motor protector
No. modules 1 1
Rated voltage Vn (V d.c.) 12-48
110-125
Rated voltage Vn (Va.c.) 12-48 110-230-400
110-415
Operating voltage (% Vn) 70-110 70-110
Intervention delay (ms) <20
Maximum absorbed power at activation (VA/W) 121 (F80T1) 20
127/10 (F80T2)
Total resistance (ohm) 23 (F80T1)
1640 (F80T2)
Current absorbed at min/max voltage (mA) 522 / 2610 (F80T1)
69 / 259 (F80T2)
Maximum section of connectable 2.5 2.5
fexible cable (mm
2
)
BTDIN shunt trips diagrams
Shunt trip diagram for MST/... Motor protectors
ShUNT TRipS
12 C1 C2
L N
F80T...
1
L
/
1
1
T
/
2
2
L
/
3
2
T
/
4
3
L
/
5
3
T
/
6
C1
C2
F80T1 MST/...
128 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
F80V3
Undervoltage releases
Undervoltage releases are used to remotely control the opening of the
circuit breaker. They can be combined with NC type pushbuttons, and
cause the opening of the circuit breaker if the power supply voltage of the
release falls below a certain threshold, or if the contact of the associated
control is opened. The de-exciting of the reel of the release device causes
a mechanical type release. The closing of a circuit breaker ftted with
undervoltage release device is only possible when the release is powered.
BTDIN releases features
Aperture control with voltage below the release rated voltage threshold
Time delay adjustment between 0 and 300 ms
To be ftted on the left of the circuit breaker for BTDIN and on the right for motor
protectors
Technical specifcations
BTDIN Motor protector
No. modules 1 1
Rated voltage Vn (V d.c.) 24-48
Rated voltage Vn (Va.c.) 230 110-230-400
Release voltage (%Vn) 55 35-70
Reset voltage (%Vn) > 55 85-110
Intervention delay (ms) 0-300 adjustable 10-15
Maximum absorbed power at activation (VA/W) 0.1 (F80V1) 12/8
0.2 (F80V2) 3.5/1.1
1 (F80V3) at power holding
Maximum section of connectable 2.5 2.5
fexible cable (mm
2
)
BTDIN undervoltage releases diagram
Undervoltage release diagrams for MSV/... Motor protectors
UNdERvoLTAGE RELEASES
N
L
U<
F80V...
D1 D2
1
L
/
1
1
T
/
2
2
L
/
3
2
T
/
4
3
L
/
5
3
T
/
6
D1
D2
U<
MSV/...
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 129 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
The emergency release is used to remotely control the opening of the circuit
breaker. It can be combined with NC type pushbuttons. The emergency
release is ftted with a buffer battery that keeps the circuit breaker closed.
The buffer battery is kept charged through connection to the power line.
This device is considered to have a positive security. It can be used in
circuits where emergency openings of the circuit breakers is required (car
parks, public places etc.) The same pushbuttons can control several releases
connected in parallel to each other.
BTDIN release properties
Changeover contact (C1/12), for remote indication of the circuit breaker status.
Contact change depending on the position of the lever (closed between C1 and
C2).
Lithium buffer battery kept charged through the power line voltage.
To be ftted on left of circuit breaker.
When several item F80E24 releases are connected with parallel connection, they
all must be powered from the same transformer. Before activating the device
ensure that the connection pushbuttons are correctly connected between the
neutral N and P (not to the phase).
Technical specifcations
BTDIN
No. modules 1
Rated voltage Vn (Va.c.) 24
Operating voltage (% Vn) 85-110
Maximum number of charge/discharge cycles 50
Reserve after 150 hours of charge >60
(lithium battery) (hours)
Maximum absorbed power at activation (VA) 1.4
Total resistance (ohm) 1000*
Maximum section of connectable 2.5
fexible cable (mm
2
)
* maximum circuit resistance taking into account the length of the line and the
maximum number of pushbuttons connected
BTDIN emergency
release diagram
Emergency release
EmERGENCy RELEASES
F80E24
mAXimUm LEvEL oF ACCESSoRiES pERmiTTEd by bTdiN CiRCUiT bREAkERS
M
A
X
n
o
. 3
F80V...
F80T...
F80E...
F80V...
F80T...
F80E...
F80A
F80R
F80C
F80CS
F80SC
F80SC/05
F80A
F80R
F80C
F80CS
F80SC
F80SC/05
Thermal magnetic Mcbs, earth leakage thermal magnetic circuit breakers, pure
earth leakages and disconnectors that can be ftted
P C
1
2
n
A+
130 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
SALvAviTA
STop&Go
Field of application
Remote circuit breaker closing.
RESET moToR opERAToR
Features
Closing command from the system control module
Remote closing of circuit breaker
Lever position signalling contact
Tripped relay signalling contact
Wiring to the control module using plug-in type connectors
Disconnection guaranteed during maintenance operations
Visual indication of the disconnection by means of window and position of
front plate
Lockable in the disconnected position
It can be coupled to BTDIN 1P+N thermal magnetic earth leakage circuit breakers
in two DIN modules, to BTDIN 2P pure earth leakage in two DIN modules and to
BTDIN 2P thermal magnetic with associated earth leakage block.
Technical specifcations

No. of modules 3
Rated voltage Vn (Va.c.) 230
Minimum operating voltage 85% Vn
Maximum operating voltage 110% Vn
Rated frequency (Hz) 50
Maximum no. of manoeuvres 4000
Maximum operations frequencies (man/h) 120
Maximum actuation power (VA) 20
Operating temperature (C) -5-60
Mounting position in relation to the circuit breaker left
Maximum section of connectable fexible cable (mm
2
) 1.5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
12 13 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
A B C D
UPPER
TERMINAL
STRIP
LOWER
TERMINAL
STRIPS
1 = L (input)
2 = L1
3 = unwired
4 = N (input)
5 = unwired
6 = L (output)
7 = unwired
8 = N (output)
230V a.c.
remote closing
of switch
connections for
system control
module
9 = 95
10 = 96
11 = 98
notifcations
lever
position
12 = 05
13 = 06
fault notifcation
(relay contact)
F80/MMR
L
N
ON
F80/MMR F80/MC
Ue 230 V

Ie 2 (0.5) A
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
g
r
o
u
n
d
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 131 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
Field of application
It controls the closing of the general circuit breaker.
Checks the state of the system in case of intervention of the earth leakage
circuit breaker.
SySTEm CoNTRoL modULE
Features
Available in two versions: standard (item F80/MC) and with automatic earth
leakage test (BTest) (item F80/MCB)
It can be interfaced with the MY HOME system
Visible module operation and system status signals
Acoustic notifcation of a system fault
Sound silencing key, automatic reset activation/deactivation
Wiring to the control module using plug-in type connectors
Saving of fault signals
It can be installed on earth leakage, thermal magnetic and 2 pole earth
leakage thermal magnetic circuit breakers.
Technical specifcations

No. of modules 1
Rated voltage Vn (Va.c.) 230
Minimum operating voltage 85% Vn
Maximum operating voltage 110% Vn
Operating temperature (C) -5-60
Mounting position in relation to the circuit breaker left
Maximum section of connectable fexible cable (mm
2
) 1.5
UPPER TERMINAL STRIP:
1 = L1 (closing control)
2 = L
3 = unwired
4 = N
LOWER TERMINAL STRIP:
5 = PEdownstream
6 = n.c.
7 = SC1
8 = SC2
9 = Ldownstream
10 = n.c.
11 = Ndownstream
EXPANSION CONNECTOR:
A = +12V
B = GND
C = TXD
D = RXD
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1011
F80/MC
SALvAviTA STop&Go
CoNTRoL modULES
132 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
motor operators
for industrial applications
Field of application
Remote circuit breaker opening and closing
Remote control of circuit breakers from the attended locations
Features
Integrated auxiliary and tripped relay contact
Integrated electric and mechanical lock in the open position, to guarantee isola-
tion during maintenance operations
Thermal magnetic and earth leakage intervention reset
Overload or no-load manoeuvre protection
Auto protection from prolonged closure of the activation control
Pushbutton controls
Selector controls for held type control
Cyclical Pushbutton control
PLC maintained control
It can be installed with circuit breakers of up to 63A
Technical specifcations
Standards IEC 60947-2
No. of modules 3
Rated voltage Vn (Va.c.) 24-48-110-230
Minimum operating voltage 85% Vn
Maximum operating voltage 110% Vn
Maximum isolation voltage (kV) 2.5 (for 1 minute)
Rated frequency (Hz) 50
Maximum no. of manoeuvres 20000
Maximum operations frequencies (man/h) 120
Activation delay (s) < 1
Duration of the control to Vn (ms) 200
Maximum actuation power (VA) 30
Maximum absorbed power at idle state (W) 5
Operating temperature (C) -5-60
Mounting position in relation to the circuit breaker left
Maximum section of connectable fexible cable (mm
2
) 2.5
Wiring diagrams of motor operators for BTDIN
moToR opERAToRS FoR bTdiN
pushbuttons control selector-held control PLC-held control manual reset cyclical control notifcation
D
B
ED E<<
I
D
B
/+ /, /.
9
&+ &, &.
I
Ue 2J\-
|e 2 (.S) A
ED E<<
D
B
D
B
D B' B& B &+ &, &. D B' B& B
D B' B& B
ED E<<
D
B
ED E<<
D B' B& B D B' B& B
ED E<<
PLC output contact
It can be installed with BTDIN circuit breakers
Type of circuit breakers 1P+N (2 modules) 2P 3P 4P
Thermal magnetic BTDIN 45/60/100/250 (0.5-63A)
Earth leakage thermal magnetic BTDIN 45/60/100/250 (0.5-63A)
Disconnectors with accessories
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 133 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
Automatic
reset module
Versions
Version with fxed activation time
Version with adjustable activation time
Technical specifcations
No. of modules 2
Rated voltage Vn (Va.c.) 230
Contact rated current (A) 6
Type of contact 1 NO
Maximum connection distance from 0.5
the motor operator (m)
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Reset attempts 1
Protection degree IP20
Activation time delay (s) 1-5-10 minutes
Duration of the command to Vn (ms) 200
Maximum section of connectable fexible cable (mm
2
) 2.5
Wiring diagram of the automatic reset module for BTDIN
AUTomATiC EARTh LEAkAGE CiRCUiT bREAkER RESET modULES Field of application
Reset of earth leakage thermal magnetic motorised circuit breakers or discon-
nectors with earth leakage module
Features
Automatic circuit breaker reset without the need for operator intervention
Combination with BTDIN motor operators
Led indication of reset status
Block function in case of fault
NOTE: To avoid closures during short circuit when using the disconnectors,
a thermal magnetic protection should be installed downstream.
N
L
C S
F80M/230
dmax = 0.5m
1 No
In = 6A
Vn = 230Va.c.
N L1 L0 L
N L1 B1 B2 L
95 96 98 05 06 08
08 05
134 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
T/16
FUSE CARRiERS iTEm F3...
Field of application
Protection from overcurrent and short circuits
Protection of contactors and relays, metering instruments, motor parts, electronic
cards.
Technical specifcations
Standards IEC 60947-3
CEI269-3-1
No. of poles 1P-4P
No. modules 1-4
Rated pulse voltage Uimp (kV) 6
(4kV for item F311N and F321N)
Rated voltage Ue (Va.c.) 400 (8.5x31.5mm fuses)
500 (10.3x38mm fuses)
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 500
Rated In (A) current at 30C 20 (8.5x31.5mm fuses)
32 (10.3x38mm fuses)
Rated frequency (Hz) 50/60
Rated closing and breaking capacity AC21B
Conditioned short circuit current Icc (kA) 20 (8.5x31.5mm fuses)
100 (10.3x38mm fuses)
Temperature range (C) -10-40
Max. no. of mechanical manoeuvres 20000
Power consumption for each pole (W) 4 (6W for item F311N and F321N)
Protection degree (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Maximum section of connectable 25/35 (10/16 for 1P+N)
fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
)
BTicino fuses offer a high performance level of protection of L.V. lines from
overloads and short circuits. The construction features enable installation also
in circuits with high short circuit currents. The main features are:
Breaking capacity 50 kA (type T) and 100 kA (type F) at 230500V a.c. for
all power factors between 0.2 and 1.
Fuse carriers
Versions
Type T (8.5x31.5mm) fuses
Type F (10.3x38mm) fuses
Features
Double isolation
Guaranteed system disconnection
Accessories
Fusion completed led
Conversion kit
Block in the open position
Spare fuse module
Open/Close 1NO/MC notifcation contact
T1/10 F312 F311
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 135 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
G701N
Field of application
Circuits requiring earth leakage selectivity or high earth fault currents
Features
Selectable tripping point 30mA...30A (19 loads)
2 wire relay toroid connection
Harmonic components flter
Positive or negative security selectable on feld
Permanent automatic test
Manual or automatic reset (3 attempts)
Earth leakage relay technical features
Operating frequency: 47...63Hz (50Hz fn)
Preset
I[n tripping point: Selectable, with 7 positions potentiometer, 3 ranges x 1 x
10 x 100
t tripping delay: Selectable, with 7 positions potentiometer
t adjustment feld: 0 - 0.15 - 0.25 - 0.5 - 1 - 2.5 - 5 seconds
Notifcation
Device powered: green LED ON
Alarm activation: Red LED TRIP + switching of relay
Interruption of relay-toroids connections: Red LED TRIP fashing + tripping of relay
Environmental conditions
Temperature range: -5...50C
Suitable for use in tropical climates
Cover
Protection degree (EN60529): IP50 (front cover), IP20 (terminals and cover)
Toroids technical specifcations
Standards IEC 755
Toroid diameter (mm) 35-300
Maximum rated current In (A) 200-2000
Minimum differential rated current I[n(A) 0.03-30
Isolation resistance (Mo) 10
Primary/secondary turns ratio 1/700
Short circuit Ith thermal current for 1s (kA) 20
Dynamic current I[n for 0.05s (kA) 40
Temperature range (C) -10-55
Maximum section of connectable fexible cable (mm
2
) 2.5
EARTh LEAkAGE RELAy WiTh SEpARATE ToRoidS iTEm G701...
Earth leakage relay
and toroids
G701Q
G701T/35N G701T/150A


I[ In
internal minimum maximum
(mm) (A) (A)
G701T/35N 35 0.03 200
G701T/80N 80 0.03 400
G701T/110N 110 0.1 600
G701T/140N 140 0.3 1200
G701T/210N 210 0.3 1800
G701T/150A* 150 0.5 1200
G701T/300A* 300 1 2000
* Opening type toroids
In
(A)
DELAY (s)
Positive security Standard security
G
7
0
1
T
/
...
G
7
0
1
T
/
...
G
7
0
1
T
/
...
G
7
0
1
T
/
...
G
7
0
1
T
/
...
G
7
0
1
T
/
...
G
7
0
1
T
/
...
G
7
0
1
T
/
...
136 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
F51NAC F51NA/NC
F61/20D
Field of application
Control of power devices (illumination, conditioning, ventilation, machine tools,
motors)
Technical specifcations
Standards IEC 60947-3
IEC 60669-1
No. modules 1-2
Rated pulse voltage Uimp (kV) 4
Rated voltage Ue (Va.c.) 230/400
Rated isolation voltage Ui (Va.c.) 250/400
Rated current In (A) at 30C 20
Rated frequency (Hz) 50/60
Rated closing and breaking capacity AC22
Temperature range (C) -10-40
Max. no. of mechanical manoeuvres 30000
Power consumption for each pole (W) 1.5
Degree of protection (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Maximum section of connectable fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 10/16
Wiring diagrams for BTDIN changeover switches and two way switches
Field of application
Control of medium and low power devices
Pulse operated latching and monostable relays control
Technical specifcations
Standards IEC 60947-5-1
IEC 60669-1
No. modules 1
Rated pulse voltage Uimp (kV) 4
Rated voltage Ue (Va.c.) 230
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 250
Rated current In (A) at 30C 20
Rated frequency (Hz) 50/60
Rated closing and breaking capacity AC12
Temperature range (C) -10-40
Max. no. of mechanical manoeuvres 30000
Power consumption for each pole (W) 2
Maximum lamp power 1.2
Degree of protection (terminal area/other areas) IP20/IP40
Maximum section of connectable 6
fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
)
Wiring diagrams for BTDIN changeover pushbuttons
Changeover switches, two-way switches
and changeover pushbuttons
ChANGEovER SWiTChES ANd TWo-WAy SWiTChES, iTEm F6...
Versions
Central zero changeover switches with 1 and 2 contacts
Linear control activation system
ChANGEovER pUShbUTToNS iTEm F5 ...
Versions
Simple operation (pushbutton only)
Double function (pushbutton + pilot light or double pushbutton)
Accessories
Coloured pushbutton and diffusers
Lamps (neon, flament, fuorescent) 1.2W, E10 mount
F61/20D F62/20D F62/20NAC F61/20C F62/20C
3 3 7 3 7 3 4 2
2 4 2 4 6 8 2 4 2 4 6 8 3 1
F62/20C
F51NA F51NC F51NAV F52NA F51NAC F51NAC/NC F51NCR
1/3 2/4 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 2/4
3/1 3/1 3/1 4/2 3/1 4/2 3/1 3/1 4/2 3/1 4/2 4/2
2/4 1/3 2/4 1/3 2/4
F51NA F51NC F51NAV F52NA F51NAC F51NAC/NC F51NCR
1/3 2/4 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 2/4
3/1 3/1 3/1 4/2 3/1 4/2 3/1 3/1 4/2 3/1 4/2 4/2
2/4 1/3 2/4 1/3 2/4
F51NA F51NC F51NAV F52NA F51NAC F51NAC/NC F51NCR
1/3 2/4 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 2/4
3/1 3/1 3/1 4/2 3/1 4/2 3/1 3/1 4/2 3/1 4/2 4/2
2/4 1/3 2/4 1/3 2/4
F51NA F51NC F51NAV F52NA F51NAC F51NAC/NC F51NCR
1/3 2/4 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 2/4
3/1 3/1 3/1 4/2 3/1 4/2 3/1 3/1 4/2 3/1 4/2 4/2
2/4 1/3 2/4 1/3 2/4
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 137 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
F90/12/24 F94/12/24
Field of application
Power supply of very low voltage devices
Power supply for electric locks, bells and buzzers
Power supply of security systems, gas detection systems and low consumption
devices
Features
Double secondary voltage 12 and 24Va.c.
Constant nominal power for both voltages based on continuous operation of the
transformer.
Built in short circuit protection.
Preservation of the internal temperature below acceptable limits thanks to the
automatic thermal breaking device.
Voltage variation from no-load to reduced load.
Complete isolation of the coils
F35/24
Field of application
Acoustic notifcation of intervention request
School bells and similar
Acoustic alarm signals
Home bells
Versions
Bells and buzzers
Bells and buzzers with incorporated SELV transformers
Features
Double isolation
Technical specifcations
Standards CEI 14-6
No. modules 1-3
Rated voltage Vn (Va.c.) 12-24-230
Primary voltage Vn (Va.c.) (SELV transformer) 230
Secondary voltage Vn (Va.c.) (SELV transformer) 12
Rated power (VA) (only bells and buzzers) 5 (6 for F3./230))
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Degree of protection (terminal area/other areas) IP30
Maximum section of connectable 6 (4 for devices with
fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) SELV transformers)
Sound levels and consumed currents table
Item no. F36/12 F36/230 F35/12 F35/24 F35/230 E86 E87 E88
Sound level at 1 m (dB) 82 79 75 75 75 76 77 79 (bell) 73 (buzzer)
Sound level at 3 m (dB) 68 69 72 (bell) 64 (buzzer)
Current consumed (mA) 420 27 420 215 27
bELLS ANd bUzzERS iTEm F3... - E8...
bells buzzers and
safety transformers
Technical specifcations
Standards IEC 61558-2-6
No. modules 2-5
Primary voltage Vn (Va.c.) 230
Secondary voltage Vn (Va.c.) 12/24
Rated frequency (Hz) 50
Degree of protection (terminal area/other areas) IP20
Maximum section of connectable 6
fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
)
Transformers power table

Item no. F90/... F91/... F92/... F93/... F94/... F95/...
Rated power (VA) 4 8 16 25 40 63
No-load 0.9 1 2.1 2.2 2.6 2.1
power consumption (W)
Power consumption in 2 3.5 4.3 6.4 7.2 9.4
loaded conditions (W)
SAFETy TRANSFoRmERS iTEm F9...
138 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
Accessories
Control panels and cabinets metering unit
F40B
Field of application
Visual notifcation of the power supply status
Visual notifcation of alarms
Versions
Simple function (pilot lamp only)
Double function (double pilot lamp)
Features
Standard replaceable neon pilot lamps
Specifc fuorescent pilot lamp bulb for green diffusers
Pilot lamps lights and coloured diffusers can be replaced removing the front
cover
Accessories
1.2W pilot lamp, E10 mount
Coloured diffusers
pilot lamps and
power meters
piLoT LAmpS iTEm F40...
Technical specifcations
No. modules 1
Lamps rated voltage Vn (Va.c.) 230 (neon and fuorescent)
24 (flament)
8/12 (flament)
Lamp power (W) 1.2
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Rated pulse voltage Uimp (kV) 4
Temperature range (C) -10-40
Degree of protection (terminal area/other areas) IP20
Maximum section of connectable 6
fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
)
F40RV
poWER mETER iTEm F4m400...
F4M400TA
Technical specifcations
Rated voltage: 3 x 230 V~
3 x 230/400 V ~ + 3 x 400 V ~
Precision class: CI.1 for active power
CI.2 for reactive power
Consumption 4 W
Power terminals: 1-16 mm
2
rigid
1-10 mm
2
fexible
Remote ratio terminals: 0.5 - 4 mm
2
rigid
0.5 2.5 mm
2
fexible
ELV/LV isolation voltage: 4 kV 50Hz
SPST-NP opto-relay with 1 pulse/kWh
free potential contact: 200 ms programmable
Imax 50 mA 110 V dc/ac
L1
L2
L3
N
LOAD
N
L1 L2 L3
kWh
PROG
N
L1 L2 L3
kWh
L1
L2
L3
LOAD
3 x 230/400 V

3 x 400 V

3 x 200 V

TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 139 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN


BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
F25/230
Field of application
Time control of staircase, cellars or common areas illumination.
Versions
Simple switch off warning.
Simple staircase light timer.
Time control with switch off warning.
Features
Electronic devices.
Time control programming from 0.5s to 12 minutes, depending on version
Automatic and manual operation using the front AUTO-MAN selector (auto= time
control active ; man= time control disabled, with the lamps constantly on for an
unlimited period)
7 settable operating modes for item F25/230S
The switching off warning causes two quick light interruption (0.3s) during the
last 25s of the period set for the lights to stay on
automatic detection of 3 or 4 wire connection (F25/230 and F25/230S)
Technical specifcations
No. modules 1-2
Rated pulse voltage Uimp (kV) 4
Rated voltage Vn (Va.c.) 230
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 250
Output contact rated current (A) 16 (5 for item F25P)
(230Va.c. cos=1)
Type of contact 1NO
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Time control adjustment 0.5s-12min item F25/230S
0.5s-10min item F25/230
Switch off warning (s) 40 (item F25P)
20 (item F25/230S)
Temperature range (C) -10-40
Maximum number of manoeuvres 30.000
Degree of protection (terminal area/other areas) IP20
Maximum section of connectable 6 (2x2.5 item F25P)
fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
)
Staircase light timers
and warnings
STAiRCASE LiGhT TimERS iTEm F25...
F25P
|1SP - |1S/1J
J w||e connect|on
|1SP - |1S/1J
4 w||e connect|on
|1S/1J
J w||e connect|on
|1S/1J
4 w||e connect|on
|1SP - |1S/1J
J w||e connect|on
|1SP - |1S/1J
4 w||e connect|on
|1S/1J
J w||e connect|on
|1S/1J
4 w||e connect|on
|1SP - |1S/1J
J w||e connect|on
|1SP - |1S/1J
4 w||e connect|on
|1S/1J
J w||e connect|on
|1S/1J
4 w||e connect|on
|1SP - |1S/1J
J w||e connect|on
|1SP - |1S/1J
4 w||e connect|on
|1S/1J
J w||e connect|on
|1S/1J
4 w||e connect|on
140 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
F16C/230N F16D/230N
Field of application
Time control of illumination in common areas, opening/closing of gates, sound
warnings, illuminated signs, heating and conditioning systems
Versions
Function C (cyclical): enables activation and deactivation of the connected
devices in a cyclical pattern
Function E (excitation delay): it delays the powering of a load, with time control
starting as soon as the timer is powered
Function T (de-exciting delay with pulse control): time control is dependant on
the closing of a bistable contact, or on a pushbutton connected to the timer
Function D (de-exciting delay with resettable pulse control): similar to the T
function, with the only difference being that the activation of the load depends
on the trailing edge of the control pulse. Each time a pulse is sent from the
control contact, the time delay is reset to zero
Multifunction: possibility of up to 10 time control modes
Technical specifcations
No. modules 1
Rated voltage Vn (Va.c./d.c.) 12-230
Operating voltage 85-115%Vn
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 250
Opening power (VA) 1250 (30W)
Breaking power (A) 0.01-8
Type of contact 1NO (5A)
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Time control adjustment 0.1s-100 hours
Start factor 100%
Maximum absorbed power (W) 0.5 (12Vd.c.) 1.4 (230Va.c.)
Repeat precision 0.2%
Maximum no. of manoeuvres 10.000.000
Maximum reset time (ms) 200
Minimum pulse duration (ms) 50
Maximum section of connectable 2.5
fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
)
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
K ( = F16L/230N )
L
T1
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
E
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
F
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
D
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
C ( = F16D/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
B
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T1 T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
A ( = F16E/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
G ( = F16T/230N ) H
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
ELECTRoNiC TimERS iTEm F16...
F16M/230N (multifunction timer with 10 programmable time controls)
* The opening (L function) or the closing (B function) of the 15-18 output contact occurs when the sum of the interruption times (T1 + T2 +....Tn) of the control circuit Y1 is higher
or equal to the set time control T. To ensure subsequent closing of the output contact, power supply (A1-A2) to the timer must be disconnected.
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
K ( = F16L/230N )
L
T1
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
E
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
F
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
D
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
C ( = F16D/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
B
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T1 T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
A ( = F16E/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
G ( = F16T/230N ) H
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
K ( = F16L/230N )
L
T1
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
E
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
F
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
D
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
C ( = F16D/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
B
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T1 T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
A ( = F16E/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
G ( = F16T/230N ) H
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
K ( = F16L/230N )
L
T1
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
E
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
F
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
D
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
C ( = F16D/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
B
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T1 T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
A ( = F16E/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
G ( = F16T/230N ) H
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
K ( = F16L/230N )
L
T1
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
E
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
F
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
D
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
C ( = F16D/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
B
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T1 T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
A ( = F16E/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
G ( = F16T/230N ) H
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
K ( = F16L/230N )
L
T1
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
E
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
F
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
D
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
C ( = F16D/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
B
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T1 T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
A ( = F16E/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
G ( = F16T/230N ) H
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
K ( = F16L/230N )
L
T1
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
E
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
F
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
D
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
C ( = F16D/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
B
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T1 T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
A ( = F16E/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
G ( = F16T/230N ) H
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
K ( = F16L/230N )
L
T1
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
E
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
F
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
D
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
C ( = F16D/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
B
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T1 T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
A ( = F16E/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
G ( = F16T/230N ) H
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
K ( = F16L/230N )
L
T1
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
E
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
F
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
D
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
C ( = F16D/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
B
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T1 T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
A ( = F16E/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
G ( = F16T/230N ) H
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
K ( = F16L/230N )
L
T1
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
E
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
F
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T T T T
D
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
C ( = F16D/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
B
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T1 T2 T3
T1 + T2 + T3 T
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
A ( = F16E/230N )
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
G ( = F16T/230N ) H
T
A1-A2
Y1
15-18
T
F16M/230N
*
*
Timers and
electronic timers
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 141 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
F66GR/1
Field of application
Programming of illumination activation times
Management of heating/conditioning systems
Watering systems activation
Programming of illuminated signs activation
Versions
Daily vertical dial with charge reserve (item F66GR/1)
Daily horizontal dial with charge reserve (item F66GR/3)
Weekly horizontal dial with charge reserve (item F66SR/3)
Daily horizontal dial without charge reserve (item F66GSW/3)
Daily horizontal dial without charge reserve (item F66WSW/3)
Features
Electro-mechanic time switches
Programming by means of microswitches
Automatic/manual operation
Normally open output contacts
Possibility of locking the settings
Analogue time switches
ANALoGUE TimE SWiTChES iTEm F66...
Technical specifcations
No. modules 1-3
Rated voltage Vn (Va.c.) 230
Type of contact (16A) 1NO (F66/1)
1NO/NC (F66/3)
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Charge reserve (hours) 100 hours for F66GR/3, F66SR/3,
F66GR/1
6 years for F66W/3, F66GSW/3
Minimum adjustment (min) 15 (2 hours - F66SR/3 - F66WSW/3)
Precision (min) 5 (30 - F66SR/3 - F66WSW/3)
Maximum section of connectable 2.5
fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
)
F66GR/3
F66WSW/3 - F66GR/3 - F66SR/3 F66GR/1
N
L
U2
U1
4
3
230V~
U1U2 1 4 2
N
L
F66G/3 - F66GR/3 - F66SR/3
ON
OFF
F66G/1 - F66GR/1
N
L
U2
U1
4
3
230V~
U1U2 1 4 2
N
L
F66G/3 - F66GR/3 - F66SR/3
ON
OFF
F66G/1 - F66GR/1
142 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
F67SR/11
Type of programming
Programming of items F67SR/... F68/... F68A/...
Current time adjustment
Date adjustment
Solar/summer time adjustment
Memory reset
Switch programming
Holiday period programming
Program clearing
Program check and change
Temporary start/stop switch *
Permanent start/stop switch
Start/stop switch per no. of days
Weekly program setting
Monday to Friday program setting
Daily program setting
Sunday program setting
Language setting
Display contrast adjustment
Programming using a hardware key (dongle)
Hour meter
Pulse operation programming
Astronomy function programming
1 hour test programming
Access block (Pin code)
* only for F68A/1
Field of application
Programming of illumination activation times
Management of heating/conditioning systems
Watering systems activation
Programming of illuminated signs activation
digital time switches
diGiTAL TimE SWiTChES iTEm F67...
Technical specifcations
No. modules 1-2-6
Rated voltage Vn (Va.c.) 230
Type of contact (16A) 1NO/NC
2NO/NC (F68/2 - F68A/2)
4NO/NC (F67SR/64)
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Charge reserve (hours) 100 (item F67SR/...)
6 years (item F68)
Minimum adjustment (s/day) 1 (1s item F67SR/64)
Precision (min) 2.5 (F67SR/...) 0.2 (F68...)
Temperature range (C) -10-40
Type of memory Eeprom (charge reserve
for item F67SR/)
No. of programs 8 (item F67SR/11)
28 (item F68A/...)
56 (item F67SR/64 F68/...)
Precision (min) 5 (30 - F66SR/3)
Maximum section of connectable 4
fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
)
Versions
Daily with charge reserve
Daily and weekly with charge reserve, with control input for connection of exter-
nal pushbutton for the creation of the primary control.
Time control starts when the input control starts.
Switch on and switch off astronomy function
F68/1 F67SR/64
F68A/1
F68/2
F68A/2
F67SR/11
F67SR/64
F68/1
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 143 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
F11/1P
Field of application
Programming of illumination activation times
Programming of illuminated signs activation
Versions
Simple, with separate photosensitive cell
Daily and weekly program adjustment with charge reserve and separate
photosensitive cell
Programming of item F11/8P
Current time adjustment
Date adjustment
Summer/winter time adjustment
Memory reset
Switch programming (from 20 to 56)
Program clearing
Program correction
Temporary start/stop switch
Permanent start/stop switch
Technical specifcations
No. modules 2
Rated voltage Vn (Va.c.) 230
Type of contact 1NO/NC (10A)
(item F11/8P)
1NO (5A) (item F11/1P)
Rated frequency (Hz) 50-60
Charge reserve (hours) 100 (item F11/8P)
Minimum adjustment (min) 1
Sensitive photocell protection degree IP55
Temperature range (C) -10-40
Adjustable brightness threshold (lux) 0.5-2000 (item F11/1P)
2-2000 (item F11/8P)
No. of programs 8 (item F11/8P)
1 (item F11/1P)
Minimum switching (min) 1
Maximum section of connectable 6
fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
)
Twilight switches, analogue and
digital metering instruments
TWiLiGhT SWiTChES iTEm F11...
Features
Brightness threshold adjustment
Menu programming (F11/8P only)
Automatic/manual operation (F11/8P only)
Switch on delay to avoid unwanted interventions due to sudden brightness chan-
ges
Use with flament, fuorescent and halogene lamps
Control circuit independent from the power supply circuits
F11/8 P
144 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
F1/300
Field of application
Control panel and cabinet metering units
Analogue instruments features
300 and 500V Voltmeters, with direct connection
Amperemeters to be connected to CT with secondary connection to 5A
Devices made of 2 thin mild steel plates located inside the coil, and capable of
absorbing any mechanical shocks
Vertical or horizontal mounting position
Versions
Analogue amperemeters and voltmeters
Digital settable amperemeters/voltmeters
Digital instruments features
Voltmeters with reading of up to 500V, with direct connection
Amperemeters to be connected to CT with secondary to 5A
Shock and vibration resistant
3 digit display
Out of scale notifcation with fashing decimal point
Amperemeter load selection using
Green led display
Technical specifcations
Digital instruments Analogue instruments
Standards IEC 51 IEC 51
No. of modules/sizes 4/96x96 4
Rated aux voltage Vn (Va.c.) 230
Operating voltage (Va.c.) 500 300-500
Rated frequency (Hz) 47-63 40-60
Amperemeter scale ln load (A) 5-8000 50-1000
Digital indicator 1000 points (3 digits) -
Maximum display 800 -
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Temperature range (C) -5-55 -25-40
Operating temperature (C) -20-70
Storage temperature (C) -40-70
Precision class 1+1 digit 1.5 of the bottom
scale value
Amperemeter overload 2 In for 5s (max 50A) 10 In for 5s (max 50A)
1.2 In permanent 2 In permanent
Voltmeter overload 2 Ue for 5s (max 660A) 2 Ue for 5s (max 660A)
1.2 Ue permanent 1.2 Ue permanent
Rated input value 0-500Va.c. (voltmeter)
5A (amperemeter) -
Aux power supply auto-consumption (VA) 4 -
Voltmeter auto-consumption (VA) 2.5 3
Amperemeter auto-consumption (VA) 2.5 1.1
Maximum section of connectable faston 6.3x0.8mm 3 (In<15A instruments)
fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
) 4 (In<15A instruments)
Analogue and digital
metering instruments
ANALoGUE ANd diGiTAL mETERiNG iNSTRUmENTS iTEm F1..., F2..., F3...
F3VA
F3VA/Q
230V~
L
N
11 12
5A
60 A2 A1
1
2
3
4
O
N
5
Display
SET
Over range
1
2
3
4
ON
150 100
50
0
5A
300
300
In = 5A
SUPPLY
I N P U T
500V
L
N
S1
P1
L
14
L
N
I N P U T
500V
15
230Va.c.
12 20
V A COMM
230Va.c.
17
SUPPLY
14
I N P U T
5A
15
230Va.c.
12 20 17
SUPPLY SUPPLY
I N P U T
5A
V A COMM
230Va.c.
S1
P1
L
SUPPLY
I N P U T
500V
L
N
S1
P1
L
14
L
N
I N P U T
500V
15
230Va.c.
12 20
V A COMM
230Va.c.
17
SUPPLY
14
I N P U T
5A
15
230Va.c.
12 20 17
SUPPLY SUPPLY
I N P U T
5A
V A COMM
230Va.c.
S1
P1
L
F3VA F3VA/Q
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 145 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
F3/3000
Field of application
Control panels and cabinets metering unit
Features
Measurement of electrical magnitudes in low voltage applications
Active and reactive energy
Unbalanced three-phase power line, 3 or 4 wires.
Connection to dedicated CT
Pulse output for remote repetition of the energy measure
RS485 communication (F3/3000 COM only)
Measurable magnitudes
Phase and line-to-line voltage
Phase currents
Frequency
Power factor
Active, reactive and apparent power
Pulse contactor in energy mode
digital multifunction
instruments
diGiTAL mULTiFUNCTioN iNSTRUmENTS iTEm F3/3000...
Technical specifcations
Programmable parameters
Measurements: CT ratio
Average power: integration, resetting time
RS485 communication: no. of JBUS address, baud rate 1,200...9,600
Energy count: weight of output pulses
Display
Display type: red LEDs, 7 segments
Measurements:
- Phase currents
- Phase voltages/line-to-line voltages
- Instantaneous active, reactive and apparent power
- Average active power and maximum average active power value
- Active energy/reactive energy
- Frequency and power factor (with inductive/capacitive sector)
Reading points: 1,000 (3 digits)
Energy count: 9 digit counter
Precision: (reading + 1 digit):
- Current: 0.5% (10...120% In)
- Voltage: 0.5% (100...450V phase - phase)*
- Powers: 1.5% (10.......120% Pn/Qn/Sn, cos 0.5 ind...0.5 cap.)
- Frequency: 1.5Hz
- Power factor: 2%
- Active energy: Class 2 (EN 61036)
- Reactive Energy: class 3 (EN 61268)
Programming
Programmable parameters: front keypad
Access to programming: combination of keys
Input
Connection on dedicated current transformers
Type of measurement: real effcient value
Environmental conditions
Temperature range: 0...50c
Suitable for use in tropical climates
* for ARON connection the precision of the voltage measurement is guaranteed
with dissymmetry 5%.
F3/3000Q
146 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
F6A/4
Field of application
Control panel and cabinet metering units
Shutter and motor operators
Versions
4 position amperemeter switch: (0 - L1 - L2 - L3)
4 position voltmeter switch: (0 - L1/N - L2/N - L3/N)
7 position voltmeter switch: (0 - L1/N - L2/N - L3/N - L1/L2- L1/L3 - L2/L3)
Bipolar 2 position switch with central zero
One pole 4 position switch:
Bipolar 2 position switch with automatic return and central zero
Features
Metering switch in three-phase systems
Utilisation with analogue, digital and CT instruments
Self-extinguishing resin protective cover
Technical specifcations
Standards IEC 60947-5-1 IEC 60947-3
No. modules 3
Rated voltage Vn (Va.c.) 400
Rated insulating voltage Ui (Va.c.) 660
Rated current In (A) 16 (6A for electromagnetic loads)
Utilisation category AC15
Degree of protection (terminal area) IP20
Temperature range (C) -20-70
Maximum section of connectable 2.5
fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
)
ChANGEovER SWiTChES iTEm F6...
F6V/4
F8/250F3 F8/100
Field of application
Control panel and cabinet metering units
Technical specifcations
Standards CEI 38-1, IEC 185,
VDE0414, BS3938,
NFC42-502
Isolation voltage (Ui V.a.c.) 720
Testing voltage (kV) (for 15A 50Hz) 3
Rated frequency (Hz) 50
Rated In current at the secondary 5
Dynamic short circuit current 2.5 Ith
Permanent heating current 1.2 In
Degree of protection (terminal area) IP20
Relative humidity at limit (%) 85
Security factor (classes 0.5-1-3) -5
Temperature range (C) -20-70
Maximum section of connectable 2.5
fexible/rigid cable (mm
2
)
Thermal class B
CURRENT TRANSFoRmERS iTEm F8...
Features
Double connection terminals IP20
Utilisation with analogue and digital instruments
Secondary terminals with plate type connection with screw tightening
Possibility of short circuiting the secondary, for the replacement or control of
the amperemeters, without any interruption of the primary current
It can be DIN35 rail or wall mounted
Self-extinguishing resin protective cover
Performance
Precision class
Item In cable Bar 0.5 1 3
(A) (mm) (mm) (VA) (VA) (VA)
F8/50 50 21 16x12.5 1.25 1.5
F8/60 60 21 16x12.5 1.25 2
F8/80 80 21 16x12.5 1.5 2.5
F8/100 100 21 16x12.5 2 2.5 3
F8/150 150 21 16x12.5 3 4 5
F8/200 200 21 16x12.5 4 5.5 6
F8/250A 250 21 16x12.5 5 6 7
F8/300A 300 23 30x10 7.5 11 13.5
F8/400A 400 23 30x10 10.5 15 18
F8/600A 600 23 30x10 14.5 21.5 26
F8/250B 250 35 40x10 2.5 5 8
F8/300B 300 35 40x10 4 8 12
F8/400B 400 35 40x10 8 12 15
F8/500 500 35 40x10 10 12 15
F8/600B 600 35 40x10 12 15 15
F8/600C 600 50x12 6 8 10
F8/800 800 50x12 8 10 12
F8/1000A 1000 50x12 10 12 15
F8/1500A 1500 63x10 2x50x10 10 12 15
F8/1000B 1000 2x10x60 2x10x50 15 20 25
F8/1500B 1500 2x10x60 2x10x50 20 25 30
F8/1600 1600 3x10x125 3x10x100 20 30 40
F8/2000 2000 3x10x125 3x10x100 25 40 50
F8/2500 2500 3x10x125 3x10x100 30 50 60
F8/3000 3000 3x10x125 3x10x100 30 50 60
F8/3200 3200 3x10x125 3x10x100 30 50 60
F8/4000 4000 3x10x125 3x10x100 30 50 60
F8/250F3 250 3 (20.5x5.5) 3 4
F8/400F3 400 3 (30.5x5.5) 4 6
Changeover switches and
amperometric transformer
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 147 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
iNTERvENTioN
CURvES
148 bTdiN
150 Features of thermal magnetic releases
151 Features of constant l
2
t
164 Features of earth leakage circuit breakers
SECTioN CoNTENTS
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
149 CoNTENTS
intervention
curves
CURvES oF ThERmAL mAGNETiC RELEASES
BTDIN

60/100 - "D" curves


Curves measured with cold start-up, at the reference temperature
I = effective current
Ir = circuit breaker rated current
Reference temperature for BTDIN: 30C
Reference temperature for MEGATIKER: 40C
MD125 - "C" curves
BTDIN

45/60 - "B" curves BTDIN

45/60/100/250 - "C" curves


10000
1000
100
10
1
0.01
0.001
0.1
t(s)
1 3 2 4 5 10 20
/r
Caratteristica di intervento "B"
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.01
0.001
0.1
t(s)
1 3 2 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 200
/r
Caratteristica di intervento "C"
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.01
0.001
0.1
t(s)
1 3 2 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 200
/r
Caratteristica di intervento "D"
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.01
0.001
0.1
t(s)
1 3 2 4 5 10 20 30 50 100
/r
150 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
GEnERAl notE
All BTDIN circuit breakers with calibrations lower than 2A have a specific feed-through power lower than or equal to 2000 A
2
s.
Instead, the circuit breakers with 3A or 4A calibrations have a specific feed-through power of 6000 A
2
s and 10000 A
2
s.
Reference temperature for BTDIN: 30 C
CURvES oF ThERmAL mAGNETiC RELEASES
BTDIN

100 - "Z" curves BTDIN



100 - "K" curves
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.01
0.001
0.1
t(s)
1 3 2 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 200
/n
Caratteristica di intervento "Z"
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.01
0.001
0.1
t(s)
1 3 2 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 200
/n
Caratteristica di intervento "K"
bTdiN

45 i
2
t "b" CURvE
Icc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current (efficient value in A)
I
2
t = specific feed-through power (A
2
s)
2
5
3
2
4
0
2
0
1
6
1
0
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
1P+N 230V a.c. (1 module)
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.01
0.001
0.1
t(s)
1 3 2 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 200
/n
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.01
0.001
0.1
t(s)
1 3 2 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 200
/r
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.01
0.001
0.1
t(s)
1 3 2 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 200
/n
BTDIN250 curves only magnetic
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 151 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
intervention
curves
bTdiN

45 i
2
t "C" CURvES
1P+N 230V a.c. (1 module)
Icc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current
= (efficient value in A)
I
2
t = specific feed-through power (A
2
s)
Hot start thermal intervention 0 = 70C
1P+N - 2P 230V a.c. (2 modules)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
2
5
3
2
4
0
2
0
1
6
1
0
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
2
5
3
2
4
0
2
0
1
6
1
0
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
2P 400V a.c. 1P - 3P - 4P 400V a.c.
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
2
5
3
2
4
0
2
0
1
6
1
0
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
2
5
3
2
4
0
2
0
1
6
1
0
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
152 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
bTdiN

60 i
2
t "b" CURvES
2P - 230V a.c.
2P - 400V a.c.

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
32
40
20
16
10
6
1P + N - 230V a.c. - 1 MODULE
1P-3P-4P - 400V a.c.

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
32
40
20
16
10
6
Icc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current
= (efficient value in A)
I
2
t = specific feed-through power (A
2
s)
Hot start thermal intervention 0 = 70C

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
32
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
32
40
20
16
10
6
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 153 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
intervention
curves
bTdiN

60 i
2
t "C" CURvE
1P + N - 230V a.c. - 1 MODULE 1P + N-2P - 230V a.c. - 2 MODULES
2P - 400V a.c. 1P-3P-4P - 400V a.c.

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
32
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
32
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
32
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
32
40
20
16
10
6
Icc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current
= (efficient value in A)
I
2
t = specific feed-through power (A
2
s)
Hot start thermal intervention 0 = 70C
154 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40
bTdiN

60 i
2
t "d" CURvE
2P - 230V a.c. 2P - 400V a.c.
1P-3P-4P - 400V a.c.

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40
Hot start thermal intervention 0 = 70C
Icc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current
= (efficient value in A)
I
2
t = specific feed-through power (A
2
s)
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 155 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
intervention
curves
bTdiN

100 i
2
t "C" CURvE
1P-N-2P - 230V a.c. 2P - 400V a.c.
1P-3P-4P - 400V a.c.
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
Hot start thermal intervention 0 = 70C
Icc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current
= (efficient value in A)
I
2
t = specific feed-through power (A
2
s)
156 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
bTdiN

100 i
2
t "d" CURvE ANd "k" CURvE
2P - 230V a.c. 2P - 400V a.c.
1P-3P-4P - 400V a.c.
Hot start thermal intervention 0 = 70C
Icc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current
= (efficient value in A)
I
2
t = specific feed-through power (A
2
s)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40
D curve

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40
D curve

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40
D curve

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40
D curve

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40
D curve

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
32
10
16
25
20
6
63
50
40
D curve

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 157 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
intervention
curves
bTdiN

100 i
2
t "z" CURvE
2P - 230V a.c. 2P - 400V a.c.
4P - 400V a.c.
Hot start thermal intervention 0 = 70C
Icc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current
= (efficient value in A)
I
2
t = specific feed-through power (A
2
s)

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
25
32
40
20
16
10
6
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
25
32
40
20
16
10
6
25
32
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
25
32
40
20
16
10
6
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
25
32
40
20
16
10
6
25
32
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
25
32
40
20
16
10
6
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
25
32
40
20
16
10
6
25
32
40
20
16
10
6
158 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
bTdiN

100 i
2
t C CURvE (in=80-125A)
1P-3P-4P - 400V a.c. 2P - 400V a.c.
2P - 230V a.c.
Hot start thermal intervention 0 = 70C
Icc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current
= (efficient value in A)
I
2
t = specific feed-through power (A
2
s)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
80
100
125

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
80
100
125

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
80
100
125

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 159 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
intervention
curves
bTdiN

100 i
2
t d CURvE (in=80-125A)
2P - 230V a.c. 2P - 400V a.c.
1P-3P-4P - 400V a.c.
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
80
100
125
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
80
100
125
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
80
100
125
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
80
100
125
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
80
100
125
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
80
100
125
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
80
100
125
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
80
100
125
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
80
100
125
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
Hot start thermal intervention 0 = 70C
Icc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current
= (efficient value in A)
I
2
t = specific feed-through power (A
2
s)
160 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
bTdiN

250 i
2
t C CURvE
1P+N-2P - 230V a.c. 2P - 400V a.c.
1P-3P-4P - 400V a.c.
Hot start thermal intervention 0 = 70C
Icc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current
= (efficient value in A)
I
2
t = specific feed-through power (A
2
s)

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
63
25
32
50
40
20
16
10
6
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 161 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
intervention
curves
bTdiN

250h i
2
t C CURvE
2P - 400V a.c. 4P - 400V a.c.
2P only magnetic - 400V a.c.
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
6
3
2
5
3
2
5
0
4
0
2
0
1
6
1
0
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
6
3
2
5
3
2
5
0
4
0
2
0
1
6
1
0
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
6
3
2
5
3
2
5
0
4
0
2
0
1
6
1
0
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
6
3
2
5
3
2
5
0
4
0
2
0
1
6
1
0
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
bTdiN

250h i
2
t C CURvE
Hot start thermal intervention 0 = 70C
Icc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current
= (efficient value in A)
I
2
t = specific feed-through power (A
2
s)
3P only magnetic - 400V a.c.
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
40
25
32
16
4
6.3
10
12.5

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
63
40
25
32
16
4
6.3
10
12.5

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
EPR
PVC
Cu cables
(mm
2
)
63
40
25
32
16
4
6.3
10
12.5

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
63
40
25
32
16
4
6.3
10
12.5

2
t

(
A
2
s
)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
25
16
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
1
162 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN bTdiN TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
bTdiN LimiTATioN CURvES
BTDIN 45/60/100/250/250H limitation curve BTDIN 100 (80-125A) limitation curve
2P only magnetic - 400V a.c.
mS32 ThERmAL mAGNETiC moToR pRoTECToRS
Icc = prospective short circuit symmetrical current (efficient value in A)
Ip = maximum current peak value
= maximum peak values of the short circuit symmetrical
current corresponding to the above listed power factors
= maximum peak values of the effective short circuit current
10
5
2
3
4
100
50
20
30
40
200
1
P (kA)
1 2 3 4 5 20 10 30 40 50 100
cc (kA)
0
.
8
5
0
.
7
5
0
.
6
5
0
.
4
5
0
.
2
5
0
.
9
63
32
25
10
16
BTDN60
BTDN45
BTDN100
BTDN250
BTDN250H
10
5
2
3
4
100
50
20
30
40
200
1
P (kA)
1 2 3 4 5 20 10 30 40 50 100
cc (kA)
0
.
8
5
0
.
7
5
0
.
6
5
0
.
4
5
0
.
2
5
0
.
9
80-100-125A
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.01
0.001
0.1
t(s)
1 3 2 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 200
/r
63
80
100
125

2
t (A
2
s)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
0
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.01
0.001
0.1
t(s)
1 3 2 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 200
/r
3 poli a freddo
2 poli a freddo
3 poli a caldo
1-1.6A
1.6-2.5A
2.5-4A
4-6.3A
6-10A
20-25A
17-23A
13-18A
9-14A

2
t (A
2
s)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
0
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
cc = corrente simmetrica presunta di corto circuito (valore efficace)
p = massimo valore di cresta
massimi valori di cresta della corrente presunta di corto
circuito corrispondenti ai fattori di potenza sopra indicati
massimi valori di cresta della corrente effettiva di corto circuito
10
5
2
3
4
100
50
20
30
40
200
1
P (kA)
1 2 3 4 5 20 10 30 40 50 100
cc (kA)
0
.
8
5
0
.
7
5
0
.
6
5
0
.
4
5
0
.
2
5
0
.
9
btdin45
63
32
25
10
16
Curva di Iimitazione Btdin45/60/100/250/250H
btdin100
btdin60
btdin250
btdin250H
10
5
2
3
4
100
50
20
30
40
200
1
P (kA)
1 2 3 4 5 20 10 30 40 50 100
cc (kA)
0
.
8
5
0
.
7
5
0
.
6
5
0
.
4
5
0
.
2
5
0
.
9
80-100-125A
Curva di Iimitazione Btdin100 (80w125A)
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.01
0.001
0.1
t(s)
1 3 2 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 200
/r
Caratteristica di intervento "C" MD125 MD125 - 3P-4P - 400Va.c.
63
80
100
125

2
t (A
2
s)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
0
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.01
0.001
0.1
t(s)
1 3 2 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 200
/r
3 poli a freddo
2 poli a freddo
3 poli a caldo
Caratteristica di intervento saIvamotori MF32 - 3P - 400Va.c.
1-1.6A
1.6-2.5A
2.5-4A
4-6,3A
6-10A
20-25A
17-23A
13-18A
9-14A

2
t (A
2
s)
10
7
10
6
10
5
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
0
10
1
10
2
10
3
10
4
cc (A)
cc = corrente simmetrica presunta di corto circuito (valore efficace)
p = massimo valore di cresta
massimi valori di cresta della corrente presunta di corto
circuito corrispondenti ai fattori di potenza sopra indicati
massimi valori di cresta della corrente effettiva di corto circuito
0.6
0.001
0.002
0.005
0.01
0.02
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.5
1
2
5
1
0
20
50
10
0
200
500
1.00
0
2.000
s
5.000
10.000
0.8
1 2 3 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 60 80
"
!
Opening time
100
60
40
10
5
2
1
m
i
n
x Ie
0.5
TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN 163 TEChNiCAL iNFoRmATioN
BTDIN TECHNICAL GUIDE
intervention
curves
SimpLE ANd moNobLoC EARTh LEAkAGE CiRCUiT bREAkERS - TRippiNG CURvES
Simple earth leakage 2P-4P and BTDIN 45/60 - 1P+N-2P-4P (reduced mod.) Combinable earth leakage modules - Type A - AC-AS
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
30 mA
300 mA
300 mA
S type
10 mA
1A S type
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
30 mA
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
30 mA
10 mA
300 mA
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
AC type
30 mA
A-AC-HP
type
300 mA
A-AC type
500 mA
A-HP type
30 mA
A-S type
1000 mA
A-S type
300 mA
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
30 mA
300 mA
300 mA
S type
10 mA
1A S type
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
30 mA
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
30 mA
10 mA
300 mA
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
AC type
30 mA
A-AC-HP
type
300 mA
A-AC type
500 mA
A-HP type
30 mA
A-S type
1000 mA
A-S type
300 mA
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
Combinable earth leakage modules - Type A-AC (In=80-125A) BTDIN 60 - 2P (full module)
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
30 mA
300 mA
300 mA
S type
10 mA
1A S type
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
30 mA
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
30 mA
10 mA
300 mA
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
AC type
30 mA
A-AC-HP
type
300 mA
A-AC type
500 mA
A-HP type
30 mA
A-S type
1000 mA
A-S type
300 mA
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
30 mA
300 mA
300 mA
S type
10 mA
1A S type
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
30 mA
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
30 mA
10 mA
300 mA
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
AC type
30 mA
A-AC-HP
type
300 mA
A-AC type
500 mA
A-HP type
30 mA
A-S type
1000 mA
A-S type
300 mA
0.01
1
0.1
0.05
t (s)
0.5
1 10 100
Id (mA)
10000 1000
164 bTdiN

Вам также может понравиться